Table of Contents Guide

Table of contents
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 01: REAL NUMBERS.............................................................................. 1
CHAPTER MAP: ........................................................................................................................................... 1
Introduction: ....................................................................................................................................... 1
Euclids Division Lemma: .................................................................................................................. 1
Solved Examples 1.1: .............................................................................................................. 2
Unsolved Exercise 1.1: ............................................................................................................ 3
The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic:......................................................................................... 3
Solved Examples 1.2: .............................................................................................................. 4
Irrational Numbers: ............................................................................................................................ 6
Solved Examples 1.3: .............................................................................................................. 7
Rational Numbers and their Decimal Expansions: ............................................................................ 8
Miscellaneous Exercise: .......................................................................................................... 9
Multiple Choice Questions: .................................................................................................... 11
Column Matching Questions: ................................................................................................ 13
Answers to Unsolved Exercise: ............................................................................................. 14
CHAPTER 02: POLYNOMIALS .............................................................................. 16

CHAPTER MAP: ......................................................................................................................................... 16
INTRODUCTION: ......................................................................................................................................... 16
Geometrical Meaning of the Zeroes of a Polynomial: ..................................................................... 17
Solved Example 2.1: .............................................................................................................. 18
Unsolved Exercise 2.1: .......................................................................................................... 19
Relationship between Zeroes and Coefficients of a Polynomial: .................................................... 19
Solved Examples 2.2: ............................................................................................................ 20
Division Algorithm for Polynomials: ............................................................................................ 22
Solved Examples 2.3: ............................................................................................................ 22
Miscellaneous Exercise: ........................................................................................................ 24
Answer to Unsolved Exercise: ............................................................................................... 29
CHAPTER 03: PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES .................. 31

CHAPTER MAP: ......................................................................................................................................... 31
BASIC FUNDAMENTALS: ............................................................................................................................ 31
GENERAL FORM OF A LINEAR EQUATION IN TWO VARIABLES: ..................................................................... 31
Volume
Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics
Solved Exercise 3.1: .............................................................................................................. 33

Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables: ..................................................................................... 34
Solution of a Pair of Linear Equation in Two Variables .............................................................. 34
Graphical Method of solving a pair of Linear Equations: ................................................................ 35
Solved Examples 3.2: ............................................................................................................ 36
Algebraic Methods of solving a pair of Linear Equations: ............................................................... 39
Solved Exercise 3.3: .............................................................................................................. 39
Solved Exercise 3.4: .............................................................................................................. 42
Cross Multiplication Method: ...................................................................................................... 43
Solved Examples 3.5: ............................................................................................................ 44
Equations Reducible to a Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables ........................................ 47
Solved Exercise 3.6: .............................................................................................................. 47
WORD PROBLEMS:.................................................................................................................................... 49
Solved Examples 3.7: ............................................................................................................ 49
Answers to Unsolved Exercises: ........................................................................................... 58
CHAPTER 06: TRIANGLES .................................................................................... 62

CHAPTER MAP: ......................................................................................................................................... 62
Congruent Figures:.......................................................................................................................... 62
SIMILARITY OF TRIANGLES: ....................................................................................................................... 63
Congruence of Triangles: ................................................................................................................ 63
Theorem 6.1 Basic Proportionality Theorem (Thales Theorem):............................................... 64
Solved Example 6.2: .............................................................................................................. 65
CRITERIA FOR SIMILARITY OF TRIANGLES: ................................................................................................. 68
Tests for Similarity of Triangles: ...................................................................................................... 68
Theorem 6.3: AAA Criterion of Similarity ............................................................................... 68
Theorem 6.4: SSS Criterion of Similarity ............................................................................... 68
Theorem 6.5: SAS Criterion of Similarity ............................................................................... 68
Solved Example 6.3: .............................................................................................................. 69
Areas of Similar Triangles: .............................................................................................................. 72
Volume
Table of contents
Theorem 6.6: .............................................................................................................................. 72

Solved Example 6.4: .............................................................................................................. 73
PYTHAGORAS THEOREM: .......................................................................................................................... 75
Similarity in Right angled Triangles: ........................................................................................... 75
Theorem 6.7: .............................................................................................................................. 75
Theorem (6.8) Pythagoras Theorem: ......................................................................................... 75
Theorem 6.9: Converse of Pythagoras Theorem:...................................................................... 75
Solved Example 6.5: .............................................................................................................. 76
Proof of Theorems:.......................................................................................................................... 78
Theorem 6.7: Similarity in Right Angled Triangles ..................................................................... 81
Angle Bisector Property: ............................................................................................................ 81
Applications of Pythagoras Theorem: ............................................................................................. 82
Acute Angled Triangle: ............................................................................................................... 82
Obtuse Angled Triangle: ............................................................................................................ 83
Appollonius Principle: ................................................................................................................. 83
Answers to Unsolved Exercise: ............................................................................................. 93
CHAPTER 08: INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY ......................................... 94

CHAPTER MAP: ......................................................................................................................................... 94
INTRODUCTION: ......................................................................................................................................... 94
What is Trigonometry? ............................................................................................................... 94
Use of learning trigonometry: ..................................................................................................... 94
Trigonometric Ratios: ...................................................................................................................... 94
Solved Examples 8.1: ............................................................................................................ 96
Trigonometric Ratio of some specific angles: ................................................................................. 99
Triangle Method: ...................................................................................................................... 102
Solved Examples 8.2: .......................................................................................................... 102
Unsolved Exercise 8.2: ........................................................................................................ 103
COMPLEMENTARY ANGLES: .................................................................................................................... 105
Trigonometric Inter-relationships:............................................................................................. 105
Solved Examples 8.3: .......................................................................................................... 106
TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES: ................................................................................................................... 108
Solved Examples 8.4: .......................................................................................................... 109
Miscellaneous Exercise: ...................................................................................................... 112
Multiple Choice Questions: .................................................................................................. 116
Volume
Column Matching Questions: .............................................................................................. 119

Answers to Unsolved Exercises: ......................................................................................... 120
CHAPTER 14: STATISTICS.................................................................................. 123

CHAPTER MAP: ....................................................................................................................................... 123
Calculation of Central tendencies for grouped data ...................................................................... 123
14.1 Mean of grouped data: ..................................................................................................... 123
Solved Examples 14.1: ........................................................................................................ 124
Unsolved Exercise 14.1: ...................................................................................................... 126
To find mean by Assumed mean method: ............................................................................... 127
To determine mean by step deviation method: ........................................................................ 127
Solved Examples 14.2: ........................................................................................................ 128
14.2 Mode of grouped data: .......................................................................................................... 132
Solved Examples 14.3: ........................................................................................................ 132
14.3 Median of Grouped Data: ...................................................................................................... 134
Solved Examples 14.4: ........................................................................................................ 135
Comparative Study: .................................................................................................................. 139
Graphical Representation of Cumulative frequency Distribution: ................................................. 139
Ogive of Less than type: .......................................................................................................... 139
Ogive of more than type: .......................................................................................................... 140
Solved Examples 14.5: ........................................................................................................ 141
Miscellaneous: ..................................................................................................................... 143
Multiple Choice Questions: .................................................................................................. 146
Answer to the Unsolved Exercise: ....................................................................................... 147
ANSWER TO THE MCQS: .................................................................................... 149
Volume
Chapter 01: Real Numbers

Chapter Map:
Euclids Division Lemma
The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic
Irrational Numbers
Rational Numbers and their Decimal Expansions
Introduction:
An algorithm is a series of well defined steps which gives a procedure for solving a type of
problem.
A lemma is a proven statement used for proving another statement.
Euclids Division Lemma:

Theorem 1.1 (Euclids Division Lemma):
z
Given positive integers a and b, there exist unique integers q and r satisfying
a = bq + r, 0 r < b.
Consider the numbers 455 and 42; 455 can be uniquely expressed as 455 = 42 10 + 35.
If we consider 24 and 6 it can be uniquely expressed as 24 = 6 4 + 0.
Note: Euclids division lemma is a technique to compute the Highest Common Factor (HCF) of two
given positive integers.
Recall that the HCF of two positive integers a and b is the largest positive integer d that divides both
a and b.
Euclids division algorithm:

z
Euclids Division lemma can be expressed in words as:

Dividend = Divisor Quotient + Remainder.
To obtain the HCF of two positive integers, say c and d, with c > d, follow the steps below:
Step 1: Apply Euclids division lemma, to c and d. So, we find whole numbers, q and r such
that c = dq + r, 0 r < d.
Step 2: If r = 0, d is the HCF of c and d. If r 0, apply the division lemma to d and r.
Step 3: Continue the process till the remainder is zero. The divisor at the last stage will be
the required HCF.
z
z
z
z
This algorithm works because HCF (c, d) = HCF (d, r) where the symbol HCF (c, d) denotes the
HCF of c and d etc.
z
Eg: If we consider the numbers 420 and 272;

420 and 272 can be expressed as 420 = 272 1 + 148
Again consider 272 = 148 it can be expressed as 272 = 148 1 + 124
Again 148 = 124 1 + 24
Volume
Similarly 124 = 24 5 + 4
Finally 24 = 4 6 + 0
So HCF is 6
i.e. 6 = HCF (24, 4) = HCF (124, 24) = HCF (148, 124) = HCF (420, 272)
SOLVED EXAMPLES 1.1:

1) Use Euclids algorithm to find the HCF of 4052 and 12576.
Sol: Step 1: Since 12576 > 4052, we apply the division lemma to 12576 and 4052, to get
12576 = 4052 3 + 420
2)
Sol:
3)
Sol:
Step 2: Since the remainder 420 0, we apply the division lemma to 4052 and 420, to get
4052 = 420 9 + 272
Step 3: We consider the new divisor 420 and the new remainder 272, and apply the division
lemma to get 420 = 272 1 + 148
We consider the new divisor 272 and the new remainder 148, and apply the division lemma to
get, 272 = 148 1 + 124
get, 148 = 124 1 + 24
get, 124 = 24 5 + 4
We consider the new divisor 24 and the new remainder 4, and apply the division lemma to get,
24 = 4 6 + 0
The remainder has now become zero, so our procedure stops.
Since the divisor at this stage is 4, the HCF of 12576 and 4052 is 4.
Notice that 4 = HCF(24, 4) = HCF(124, 24) = HCF(148, 124) = HCF (272, 148) = HCF (420, 272)
= HCF (4052, 420) = HCF (12576, 4052).
Euclids division algorithm is not only useful for calculating the HCF of very large numbers, but
also because it is one of the earliest examples of an algorithm that a computer had been
programmed to carry out.
Show that every positive even integer is of the form 2q, and that every positive odd
integer is of the form 2q + 1, where q is some integer.
Let a be any positive integer and b = 2.
Then, by Euclids algorithm, a = 2q + r, for some integer q 0, and r = 0 or r = 1,
because 0 r < 2. So, a = 2q or 2q + 1.
If a is of the form 2q, then a is an even integer.
Also, a positive integer can be either even or odd.
Therefore, any positive odd integer is of the form 2q + 1.
What is the greatest number which divides each of the numbers 2261 and 2527 exactly?
The greatest no. which divides each of the no. 2261 & 2527 exactly is the HCF of 2261 & 2527
By Euclids algorithm, 2527 = 2261 1 + 266
2261 = 266 8 + 133
266 = 133 2 + 0
133 is the HCF of 2527 and 2261
HCF (2527, 2261) = 133
Volume
UNSOLVED EXERCISE 1.1:

CW Exercise:
1) Use Euclids division algorithm to find the HCF of:
i) 135 and 225
ii) 196 and 38220
iii) 81 and 127
2) Show that any positive integer is of the form 3q, 3q + 1 or 3q + 2 where q is some integer.
3) Show that any odd positive integer p can be expressed in the form
i) 6q + 1, or 6q + 3, or 6q + 5
ii) 4q + 1 or 4q + 3
4) Use Euclids division lemma to show that the square of any positive integer is either of the form
3m or 3m + 1 for some integer m.
[CBSE08]
5) What is the greatest number which divides 209 and 1195 leaving remainder 5 in each case?
6) What is the largest number which when divides 63, 77 and 112 leaves 3, 5 and 4 as remainders
respectively?
7) Find the HCF of 65 and 117 and express it in the form 65m + 117n.
8) An army contingent of 616 members is to march behind an army band of 32 members in a
parade. The two groups are to march in the same number of columns. What is the maximum
number of columns in which they can march?
9) Find the greatest number of 6 digits exactly divisible by 24, 15 and 36.
HW Exercise:
1) Use Euclids division algorithm to find the HCF of:
i) 867 and 255
ii) 3638 and 3587
2) Use Euclids division lemma to show that the cube of any positive integer is of the form 9m,
9m + 1 or 9m + 8.
3) A sweetseller has 420 kaju barfis and 130 badam barfis. She wants to stack them in such a way
that each stack has the same number, and they take up the least area of the tray. What is the
maximum number of barfis that can be placed in each stack for this purpose?
4) The length, breadth and height of a room are 8m 25 cm, 6m 75 cm and 4 m 50 cm, respectively.
Determine the longest tape which can measure the three dimensions of the room exactly.
5) Show that any positive odd integer is of the form 6q + 1 or 6q + 5 or 6q + 3, where q is some
integer.
6) Show that the square of any positive integer is of the form 5m, 5m + 1 or 5m + 4 for some
integer m.
7) If the HCF of 210 and 55 is expressible in the form 210 5 + 55y, find y.
8) If d is the HCF of 56 and 72, find x, y satisfying d = 56x + 72y. Also, show that x and y are not
unique.
9) Find the largest number that divides 2053 and 967 and leaves a remainder of 5 and 7
respectively.
10) Find the largest number that will divide 398, 436 and 542 leaving remainder 7, 11 and 15
respectively.
The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic:

Theorem 1.2 (Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic):
z
Volume
Every composite number can be expressed (factorised) as a product of primes, and this
factorisation is unique, apart from the order in which the prime factors occur.
4
z
Eg: Consider the number 32760, it can be expressed as
32760 = 2 2 2 3 3 5 7 13 = 23 32 5 7 13
This prime factorization is unique apart from the order in which the prime factor occurs.
Note: In general, given a composite number x, we factorise it as x = p1p2 pn, where p1,p2, , pn
are primes and written in ascending order, i.e. p1 p2 pn. If we combine the same primes, we
will get powers of primes.
z
z
z
HCF of numbers is the Product of the smallest power of each common prime factor in the
numbers.
LCM of numbers is the Product of the greatest power of each prime factor, involved in the
numbers.
For any two positive integers a and b, HCF (a, b) LCM (a, b) = a b. We can use this
result to find the LCM of two positive integers, if we have already found the HCF of the two
positive integers.
Note: For any positive integers a, b and c. a b c HCF(a, b, c) LCM (a, b, c)

LCM (p, q, r) =
p q r HCF ( p, q, r )
p q r LCM ( p, q, r )
; HCF (p, q, r) =
HCF ( p, q ) HCF (q, r ) HCF ( p, r )
LCM ( p, q ) LCM (q, r ) LCM ( p, r )

1) Consider the numbers 4n, where n is a natural number. Check whether there is any value
of n for which 4n ends with the digit zero.
Sol: If the number 4n, for any n, were to end with the digit zero, then it would be divisible by 5.
That is, the prime factorisation of 4n would contain the prime 5.
This is not possible because 4n = (2)2n; so the only prime in the factorisation of 4n is 2.
So, the uniqueness of the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic guarantees that there are no
other primes in the factorisation of 4n.
So, there is no natural number n for which 4n ends with the digit zero.
2) Find the LCM and HCF of 6 and 20 by the prime factorisation method.
Sol: We have: 6 = 21 31 and 20 = 2 2 5 = 22 51.
You can find HCF(6, 20) = 2 and LCM(6, 20) = 2 2 3 5 = 60, as done in your earlier classes
Note that HCF(6, 20) = 21
= Product of the smallest power of each common prime factor in the numbers = 2.
LCM (6, 20) = 22 31 51
= Product of the greatest power of each prime factor, involved in the numbers = 60.
3) Find the HCF of 96 and 404 by the prime factorisation method. Hence, find their LCM.
Sol: The prime factorisation of 96 and 404 gives: 96 = 25 3, 404 = 22 101
Therefore, the HCF of these two integers is 22 = 4.
96 404
96 404
=
= 9696.
Also, LCM (96, 404) =
HCF (96, 404)
4
4) Find the HCF and LCM of 6, 72 and 120, using the prime factorization method.
Sol: We have: 6 = 2 3, 72 = 23 32, 120 = 23 3 5
Here, 21 and 31 are the smallest powers of the common factors 2 and 3 respectively.
So, HCF (6, 72, 120) = 21 31 = 2 3 = 6
23, 32 and 51 are the greatest powers of the prime factors 2, 3 and 5 respectively involved in the
three numbers.
So, LCM (6, 72, 120) = 23 32 51 = 360
4
Volume

CW Exercise:
1) Express each number as a product of its prime factors:
i) 140
ii) 3825
iii) 372
iv) 9072
v) 462
2) Find the LCM and HCF of the following pairs of integers and verify that LCM HCF = product of
the two numbers.
i) 26 and 91
ii) 510 and 92
iii) 336 and 54
iv) 84,144
3) Find the LCM and HCF of the integers given below by applying the prime factorization method.
Also verify that for 3 numbers LCM HCF = product is true or not.
i) 12, 15 and 21
ii) 7, 13, and 19
iii) 20, 18, and 75
iv) 52, 75 and 77
4) Check whether 6n can end with the digit 0 for any natural number n. Also count the number of
zeros in the number given by 24n 25n 26n
5) Explain why 7 11 13 + 13 and 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 + 5 are composite numbers.
6) Find the smallest number which leaves remainder 8 and 12 when divided by 28 and 32
respectively.
7) Answer the questions given below based on the information given about two numbers x, y:
i) HCF(x, y) = 16 and x. y = 3072. Find LCM(x, y).
ii) LCM(x, y) = 6, HCF(x, y) = 180 and x = 30 then find the value of y.
8) In a seminar, the number of participants in Hindi, English and Mathematics are 60, 84 and 108
respectively. Find the minimum number of rooms required if in each room the same number of
participants is to be seated and all of them being in the same subject.
9) On CSTThane route one cycle of journey for a local train is considered from CST to Thane and
back to CST. A fast local takes 90 min. and slow local takes 120 min. to complete a cycle on
CSTThane route. A fast local and a slow local start together from CST at 10:00 am, at what
time they will meet again at CST considering there is no time gap between the cycles of journey?
10) Four bells strike at intervals of 6, 8, 9 and 12 minutes. An alarm is set in a mobile phone such
that it alarms after every hour. It was noticed that all the bells struck simultaneously when mobile
phone alarmed at 10:00 am. At what time all the bells will strike together with the alarm?
HW Exercise:
1) Express each number as a product of its prime factors:
i) 156
ii) 5005
iii) 7429
iv) 19530
v) 6006
2) Find the LCM and HCF of the 336 and 54 and verify that LCM HCF = product of the two
numbers.
3) Find the LCM and HCF of the following integers by applying the prime factorization method.
i) 17, 23 and 29
ii) 8, 9 and 25
iii) 24, 36 and 60
4) Given that HCF (306, 657) = 9, find LCM (306, 657).
5) Explain why 7 19 23 + 23 and 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 + 7 are composite numbers.
6) There is a circular path around a sports field. Sonia takes 18 minutes to drive one round of the
field, while Ravi takes 12 minutes for the same. Suppose they both start at the same point and at
the same time, and go in the same direction. After how many minutes will they meet again at the
starting point?
7) Consider the number 4n, where n is a natural number. Check whether there is any value of n for
which 4n ends with the digit zero.
8) Three sets of English, Hindi and Mathematics book have to be stacked in such a way that all the
books are stored topic wise and the highest of each stack is the same. The number of English
book is 96, the number of Hindi book is 240 and the number of Mathematics book is 336.
Assuming that the books are of the same thickness, determine the number of stacks of English,
Hindi and Mathematics books.
Volume
Irrational Numbers:
Recall, a number s is called irrational if it cannot be written in the form
p
, where p and q are
q
integers and q 0. Some examples of irrational numbers, with which you are already familiar, are:
2,
3,
15 , ,
2
3
, 0, 10110111011110 , etc.
Theorem 1.3:
z
z
Let p be a prime number. If p divides a2, then p divides a, where a is a positive integer.
Proof : Let the prime factorisation of a be as follows:
a = p1p2 . . . pn, where p1, p2, . . ., pn are primes, not necessarily distinct.
Therefore, a2 = (p1p2 . . . pn)(p1p2 . . . pn) = p12 pn2 .
z
z
z
z
z
z
Now, we are given that p divides a2.

Therefore, from the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic, it follows that p is one of the prime
factors of a2.
However, using the uniqueness part of the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic, we realise
that the only prime factors of a2 are p1, p2, . . ., pn.
So p is one of p1, p2, . . ., pn.
Now, since a = p1 p2 . . . pn.
Therefore, p divides a.
Theorem 1.4: 2 is irrational:

z
Proof : Let us assume, to the contrary, that
2 is rational.
So, we can find integers r and s ( 0) such that
2 =
r
s
Suppose r and s have a common factor other than 1.

Then, we divide by the common factor to get,
2 =
a
, where a and b are co prime.
b
So, b 2 = a.
Squaring on both sides and rearranging, we get 2b2 = a2.
Therefore, 2 divides a2.
Now, by Theorem 1.3, it follows that 2 divides a.
So, we can write a = 2c for some integer c.
Substituting for a, we get 2b2 = 4c2, that is, b2 = 2c2.
This means that 2 divides b2, and so 2 divides b(again using Theorem 1.3 with p = 2).
Therefore, a and b have at least 2 as a common factor.
But this contradicts the fact that a and b have no common factors other than 1.
This contradiction has arisen because of our incorrect assumption that
So, we conclude that
2 is rational
2 is irrational.
Note: The sum or difference of a rational and an irrational number is irrational and the product and
quotient of a non-zero rational and irrational number is irrational.
6
Volume

1) Prove that
3 is irrational.
[CBSE08]
3 is rational.
Sol: Let us assume, to the contrary, that
a
.
b
Suppose a and b have a common factor other than 1, then we can divide by the common factor,
That is, we can find integers a and b ( 0) such that
3 =
3b=a
Squaring on both sides, and rearranging, we get 3b2 = a2.
Therefore, a2 is divisible by 3, and by Theorem 1.3, it follows that a is also divisible by 3.
So, we can write a = 3c for some integer c.
Substituting for a, we get 3b2 = 9c2, that is, b2 = 3c2.
This means that b2 is divisible by 3, and so b is also divisible by 3 (using Theorem 1.3 with p = 3)
Therefore, a and b have at least 3 as a common factor.
But this contradicts the fact that a and b are co prime.
This contradiction has arisen because of our incorrect assumption that 3 are rational.
and assume that a and b are co prime. So,
3 is irrational.
So, we conclude that

2) Show that 5
3 is irrational.
3 is rational.
Sol: Let us assume, to the contrary, that 5
That is, we can find co prime a and b (b 0) such that 5

Therefore, 5
a
=
b
3 =
a
b
Rearranging this equation, we get
3 =5
Since a and b are integers, we get 5

But this contradicts the fact that
a
5b a
=
b
b
a
is rational, and so
b
3 is rational.
3 is irrational.
This contradiction has arisen because of our incorrect assumption that 5

So, we conclude that 5
3 is rational.
3 is irrational.
3) Show that 3 2 is irrational.

Sol: Let us assume, to the contrary, that 3 2 is rational.
That is, we can find co prime a and b (b 0) such that 3 2 =
a
.
3b
a
Since 3, a and b are integers,
is rational, and so
3b
Rearranging, we get
a
.
b
2 =
But this contradicts the fact that
2 is rational.
2 is irrational.
So, we conclude that 3 2 is irrational.

Volume

CW Exercise:
1) Prove that the following are irrationals:
1
ii) 7 5
i)
2
v) 3 + 2 5
vi) 5 3
vii)
HW Exercise:
1) Prove that the following are irrationals:
1
i)
ii) 7 10
3
v) 5 2 3 [CBSE08] vi) (3
iii) 3 +
5 )2
2 +
iii) 6 +
vii)
2 [CBSE 08] iv)
5 [CBSE 0809]
6
2 3
iv)
viii)
6
45
Rational Numbers and their Decimal Expansions:

Theorem 1.5:
z
Let x be a rational number whose decimal expansion terminates then x can be expressed in
p
the form , where p and q are co prime and the prime factorisation of q is of the form 2n5m,
q
where n, m are non-negative integers.
Theorem 1.6:
z
Let x =
p
be a rational number, such that the prime factorization of q is of the form 2n5m,
q
where n, m are non-negative integers then x has a decimal expansion which terminates.
Theorem 1.7:
z
Let x =
p
be a rational number, such that the prime factorization of q is not of the form
q
2n5m, where n, m are non-negative integers then, x has a decimal expansion which is nonterminating repeating (recurring).
Note: From theorem 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7, we can conclude that the decimal expansion of every rational
number is either terminating or non-terminating repeating.

CW Exercise:
1) Without actually performing the long division, state whether the following rational numbers will
have a terminating decimal expansion or a non-terminating repeating decimal expansion:
13
64
15
35
11
23
ii)
iii)
iv) 3 2
v)
vi)
i)
3125
455
1600
50
1000
2 5
2) Write down the decimal expansions of those rational numbers in Question 1 above which have
terminating decimal expansions.
Volume
3) The following real numbers have decimal expansions as given below. In each case, decide
p
whether they are rational or not. If they are rational, and of the form , what can you say about
q
the prime factors of q?
i) 43.123456789
ii) 0.120120012000120000 . . .
iii) 43.123456789
HW Exercise:
have a terminating decimal expansion or a non-terminating repeating decimal expansion:
17
29
6
77
13
129
i)
ii)
iii) 2 7 5
iv)
v)
vi)
8
343
15
210
8000
2 5 7
2) Write down the decimal expansions of those rational numbers in Question 1 above which have
terminating decimal expansions.
3) The following real numbers have decimal expansions as given below. In each case, decide
whether they are rational or not. If they are rational, and of the form p/q, what can you say about
the prime factors of q?
i) 2.12342543
ii) 3.01001000100001 . . .
iii) 25.912345678
MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISE:
1) Use Euclids algorithm to find the HCF of:
i) 2527 and 1653
ii) 1261 and 442
iii) 576 and 252
i) 1320 and 935
ii) 1624 and 1276
i) 963 and 657
ii) 3638 and 3587
iii) 468 and 222
iv) 495 and 657
4) Show that any positive odd integer is of the form 8q + 1, 8q + 3, 8q + 5 or 8q + 7, where q is
some integer.
5) Show that the square of any positive odd integer is of the form 8m + 1, for some integer m.
[CBSE09]
6) Find the greater number which will divides 3457 and 9375 leaving 6 and 8 as remainder
respectively.
7) Find the greater number which will divide 410, 751 and 1030 so as to leave remainder 7 in each
case.
8) Two masses of gold weighing 3318 and 3054 gram respectively are each to be made into
medals of the same size. What is the weight of the largest possible medal?
9) Express each number as a product of its prime factor.
i) 1560
ii) 3990
10) Find the HCF by prime factorisation method of:
i) 81 and 17
ii) 225 and 450
11) Find the HCF by prime factorisation method of, 106, 159 and 265
12) Find the LCM of 45, 105 and 165 by finding the prime factors.
13) If HCF (12, 15) = 3. Find LCM of (12, 15).
14) Find the HCF of 96 and 404 by prime factorisation method. Hence, find their LCM.
15) Find the HCF and LCM of 6, 72 and 120, using prime factorisation method.
16) Find the HCF of 16 and 40 by prime factorisation method. Hence, find their LCM.
17) Find the smallest number which when divided by 25, 40 and 60 leaves remainder 7 is each case.
Volume
10
18) Can two numbers have 14 as their HCF and 204 as their LCM. Give reasons in support of your
answer.
19) Three horses run round a circular path, 1760 metres in circumference, at the rate of 440 m, 352
m and 264 m per minute. When will they again be together at the starting point?
20) In a morning walk three persons step off together. Their steps measures 80 cm, 85 cm and 90
cm respectively. What is the minimum distance each should walk so that he can cover the
distance in complete steps?
21) Find the smallest length of a rope which can be measured exact number of times by three taps
measuring 1 m, 20 cm, 75 cm and 1 m.
22) Telegraph poles occur at equal distances of 220 m along and heaps of stones are put at equal
distances of 300 m along the same road. The first heap is at the foot of the first pole. How far
from it along the road is the next heap which lies at the foot of the first pole. How far from it along
the road is the next heap which lies at the foot of a pole?
23) Determine the number nearest to 110000 which is exactly divisible by each of 8, 15 and 21.
24) Find the smallest number which when increased by 17 is exactly divisible by both 520 and 468.
25) A circular field has a circumference of 360 km. Three cyclists start together and can cycle 48, 60
and 72 km a day, round the field. When will they meet again?
26) The LCM and HCF of two numbers are 180 and 6 respectively. If one of the numbers is 30, Find
the other number.
27) Write down the decimal expansions of the following rational numbers by writing their
denominators in the form 2m 5n, where m, n are nonnegative integers.
3
8
i)
ii)
13
125
iii)
7
80
iv)
14588
625
v)
129
2
2 57
28) Examine each of the following as rational or irrational

i) 5 +
ii) 3 +
3
iii) 3 +
2
iv)
15
6 5
have a terminating decimal expansion or a non-terminating repeating decimal expansion.
i)
7
1250
ii)
v)
24
729
vi)
15
24
13
25 5 3
iii)
32
455
iv)
vii)
3
8
viii)
18
4000
131
2 5 4 75
3
71
17
x)
630
1500
30) The following real numbers have decimal expansions as given below. In each case decide,
p
what can you say abut
whether they are rational or not. If they are rational, and of the form
q
the prime factor of q?
ix)
i) 0.0875
ii) 0.130130013000130000
iii) 0. 142857
31) Prove that the square of any positive integer is of the form 4q or 4q + 1 for some integer q.
32) Prove that the product of three consecutive positive integers is divisible by 6.
33) If the HCF of 408 and 1032 is expressible in the form 1032m 408 5, find m.
34) If the HCF of 657 and 963 is expressible in the form 657x + 963 15, find x.
10
Volume
11
35) Find the largest number which divides 280 and 1245 leaving remainders 4 and 3, respectively.
36) What is the largest number that divides 626, 3127 and 15628 and leaves remainders of 1, 2 and
3 respectively.
37) 105 goats, 140 donkeys and 175 cows have to be taken across a river. There is only one boat
which will have to make many trips in order to do so. The lazy boatman has his own conditions
for transporting them. He insists that he will take the same number of animals in every trip and
they have to be of the same kind. He will naturally like to take the largest possible number each
time. Can you tell how many animals went in each trip?
38) 15 pastries and 12 biscuit packets have been donated for a school fete. These are to be packed
in several smaller identical boxes with the same number of pastries and biscuit packets in each.
How many biscuit packets and how many pastries will each box contain?
39) A mason has to fit a bathroom with square marble tiles of the largest possible size. The size of
the bathroom is 10 ft. by 8 ft. What would be the size in inches of the tile required that has to be
cut and how many such tiles are required?
40) Two brands of chocolates are available in pack of 24 and 15 respectively. If I need to buy an
equal number of chocolates of both kinds, what is the least number of boxes of each kind I would
need to buy?
41) 144 cartons of Coke Cans and 90 cartons of Pepsi Cans are to be stacked in a Canteen. If each
stack is of the same height and is to contain cartons of the same drink, what would be the
greatest number of cartons each stack would have?
42) During a sale, colour pencils were being sold in pack of 24 each and crayons in packs of 32
each. If you want full pack of both and the same number of pencils and crayons, how many of
each would you need to buy?
43) Find the greatest number of 6 digits exactly divisible by 24, 15 and 36.
44) A rectangular courtyard is 18 m 72 cm long and 13m 20 cm broad. It is to be paved with square
tiles of the same size. Find the least possible number of such tiles.
45) What is the smallest number that, when divided by 35, 56 and 91 leaves remainders of 7 in each
case?
46) Prove that the following are irrational:
i)
v) 2 +
ii)
iii)
vi) 3
iv)
11
vii) 7 + 3 2
[CBSE09]
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS:

CW Exercise:
1) 21 .234 78 is
a) an integer
b) a rational
c) an irrational
d) none of these.
8 is
a) rational
b) irrational
c) none of these.
3) Which one of the following is an irrational number?
a) x2 = 9
b) y2 = 64
c) z2 = 8
d) none of these.
p
4) A rational number
is terminating decimals only when prime factors of q are only:
q
2)
a) 2 or 3
Volume
b) 3 or 5
c) 3 and 4
d) 2 or 5.
11
12
13
is
8
a) 0.175
b) 0.625
c) 1.625
Which rational number is represented by 11.125
89
98
93
a)
b)
c)
8
4
8
The LCM of two numbers 26 and 91 is:
a) 91
b) 182
c) 1183
The sum of a rational number and irrational number is always
a) a rational number
b) an irrational number c) an integer
2
If p is an even integer then p is an
a) odd integer
b) even integer
c) multiple of 3
5) The decimal expansion of

6)
7)
8)
9)
d) 1.525.
d)
88
9
d) 637.
d) none of these.
d) none of these.
10) 4 5 is
a) rational
b) irrational
c) not real
d) none of these.
11) Every composite number can be expressed as a product of
a) coprimes
b) primes
c) none of these.
HW Exercise:
1) 0.101001000100001000001 is
a) an irrational
b) a rational
c) an integer
d) none of these.
2) The decimal representation of an irrational number is always
a) terminating
b) terminating, repeating
c) non terminating, repeating
d) non-terminating, non-repeating.
3) HCF (a, b) LCM (a, b) =
a) a + b
b) a b
c) a b
d) none of these.
4) Every terminating decimal is
a) an integer
b) a rational
c) an irrational
d) none of these.
5) Which rational number is represented by 3.41 .
307
338
341
34
b)
c)
d)
90
99
900
990
The HCF of two numbers 867 and 255 is
a) 17
b) 34
c) 51
d) 68.
The LCM of three numbers is 28, 44, 132 is
a) 528
b) 231
c) 462
d) 924.
Circumference of the circle
=
is
Diameter of the circle
a) an irrational
b) a rational
c) none of these.
The decimal expansion of a rational number is always:
a) non-terminating
b) non-terminating and non repeated
c) terminating or non-terminating repeated
d) none of these.
a)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10) The given number: 3 + 2 2 is an

a) rational number
b) irrational number
c) not real.
11
11) The rational number
is a
24
a) terminating decimal b) non-terminating repeating
12
c) none of these.
Volume
13
COLUMN MATCHING QUESTIONS:

1) Listed in column I are some statements. For each statement in column I. Applying Euclids
division lemma choose all the correct options in column II.
Column I
Column II
i)
A) 9m or 9m+1 for some integer m
The square of any positive

integer is of the form
ii) Any positive odd integer is

of the form
B) 6m+1 or 6m+3 or 6m+5 for some m
iii) The cube of any positive

integer is of the form
C) 5m, 5m+1, 5m+4 for some integer m

D) 3m or 3m+1 for some m
E) 4m+1 or 4m+3 for some m
2) Given in column I are some types of real numbers. For each item in column I. Choose all the
correct options in column II.
Column I
Column II
i)
Irrational Number
A)
(5+ 3 ) (5 3 )
ii)
Integer
B)
43 .12345
iii)
Rational Number
C) 43.1234567
D) (3 5 ) (3+ 7 )
E)
18
2
3) Given in column I are some real numbers. For each item in column I. Choose all correct options
in column II.
Column I
Column II
i)
ii)
iii)
A) Terminating decimal
representation
B) Irrational
135
3
2 5
5
C) Rational number
D) Nonterminating and
nonrepeating decimal
representation
E) Nonterminating and
repeating decimal
Volume
13
14
4) Given in col. I are values of missing entries named x & y.Choose all correct options in column II
Column I
Column II
i) x = 7, y = 2
A)
156
x
78
2
39
y
ii)
x = 2, y = 3
B)
13
240
2
120
2
60
2
30
y
15
x
iii)
x = 3, y = 2
C)
210
x
105
y
35
5
D)
462
3
154
y
77
x
E)
11
372
x
186
2
93
y
31
ANSWERS TO UNSOLVED EXERCISE:

CW Exercise 1.1:
1) (i) 45 (ii) 196 (iii) 1
5) 34
6) 12
7) HCF=13, m=2, n 1
8) 8 columns
HW Exercise 1.1:
1) (i) 51 ii) 17
3) 10
4) 75
7) y = 19
8) x = 68, y = 53
9) 64
10) 17
CW Exercise 1.2:
1) (i) 22 5 7 (ii) 32 52 17 (iii) 22 3 31 (iv) 24 34 7 (v) 3 2 7 11
14
Volume
15
2) (i) 182, 13 (ii) 23460, 2 (iii) 3024, 6 (iv) 1008, 2

3) (i) 420, 3 (ii) 1729, 1 (iii) 900, 1 (iv) 300300, 1
4) 2n
6) 204
7) (i)192 (ii) 36
8) 21
9) 4:00 pm
10) 4:00 pm
HW Exercise 1.2:
1) (i) 22 3 13 (ii) 5 7 11 13 (iii) 17 19 23 (iv) 2 32 5 7 31 (v) 2 3 7 11 13
2) 3024, 6
3) (i) 11339, 1 (ii) 1800, 1 (iii) 360, 12 (iv)
4) 22338
6) 36 minutes
8) 2, 5, 7
CW Exercise 1.4:
1) (i, iii, iv, v, vi) Terminating (ii) Nonterminating 2) (i) 0.00416 (iii) 0.009375 (iv) 0.115 (v) 0.7
3) (i) Rational (ii) Nonrational (iii) Rational
HW Exercise 1.4:
1) (i, iv, vi) Terminating (ii, iii, v) Nonterminating 2) (i) 2.125 (iv) 0.4
3) (i) Rational (ii) Nonrational (iii) Rational
Miscellaneous:
1) (i) 19 (ii) 13 (iii) 36
2) (i) 55 (ii) 116
3) (i) 9 (ii) 17 (iii) 6 (iv) 45
6) 493
7) 31
8) 6 gm
17) 607
18) (i) Two numbers cannot have 14 as HCF and 204 as LCM (ii) Can never end with 0
19) After 20 minutes
20) After covering a distance of 12240 cm. from the staring point
21) 6 metres
22) 3300 m from first telegraph pole
23) 110040
24) 4663
25) 60 days
26) 36
28) i, iii, iv) Irrational (ii) Rational
29) i, ii, iv, vi, vii) Terminating
iii, v, viii, ix, x) Non-terminating repeating
30) i) Rational, prime factors of q will be either 2 or 5 or both only (ii) Not rational (iii) Rational prime
factors of q will also have a factor other than 2 or 5.
33) 2
34) 22
35) 138
36) 625
37) 35
38) 4 Biscuit packets, 5 Pastries
39) 24 inches, 20 tiles
40) 8 of second kind, 5 of 1st kind
41) 18
42) 4 packets of Pencils, 3 packets of Crayons
43) 999720 44) 4290 45) 3647
Column Matching Question:
1) iCD; iiBE; iiiA
3) iBD; iiAC; iiiBD
Volume
2) iD; iiAE; iiiABEC

4) iD; iiACE; iiiB
15
16
Chapter 02: Polynomials

Chapter Map:
Introduction
Geometrical meaning of Zeroes of a Polynomial
Relationship between zeroes and coefficients of a Polynomial
Division Algorithm for Polynomials
Introduction:
Degree of a Polynomial:
z
If p(x) is a polynomial in x, the highest power of x in p(x) is called the degree of the
polynomial p(x).
Linear polynomial:
z
A polynomial of degree 1 is called a linear polynomial.
For example, 2x 3,
General form of linear polynomial is ax + b, where a, b are real numbers and a 0.
3 x + 5, y +
2,x
2
2
, 3z + 4, u + 1 etc. are linear polynomials.
11
3
Quadratic polynomial:
z
z
z
A polynomial of degree 2 is called a quadratic polynomial.

The name quadratic has been derived from the word quadrate, which means square.
2 2
u
2
1
, y 2, 2 x2 + 3 x,
2u2 + 5, 5 v2 v, 4z2 +
are some examples
5
3
3
7
of quadratic polynomials (whose coefficients are real numbers).
Generally, any quadratic polynomial in x is of the form ax2 + bx + c, where a, b, c are real
numbers and a 0.
2x2 + 3x
Cubic polynomial:
z
A polynomial of degree 3 is called a cubic polynomial.
Some examples of a cubic polynomial are 2 x3, x3,
In fact, the most general form of a cubic polynomial is ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, where, a, b, c, d
are real numbers and a 0.
2 x , 3 x + x , 3x 2x + x 1.
Value of a polynomial:
z
z
z
16
If p(x) is a polynomial in x, and if k is any real number, then the value obtained by replacing
x by k in p(x), is called the value of p(x) at x = k, and is denoted by p(k).
Consider the polynomial P(x) = x2 3x 4 value of the polynomial at x = 3 is denoted by
P(3) and P(3) = 32 3(3) 4 = 4.
Value of the above polynomial at x = 1 is given by P(1) = (1)2 3(1) 4 = 0.
Volume
17
Zero of a polynomial:
z
z
z
z
A real number k is said to be a zero of a polynomial p(x), if p(k) = 0.

If x a is a factor of the polynomial p(x), then p(a) = 0
If x + a is a factor of the polynomial p(x), then p(a) = 0
Consider the polynomial P(x) = x2 5x + 6
P(2) = 22 5(2) + 6 = 0 and
P(3) = 32 5(3) + 6 = 0
As P(2) = 0 and P(3) = 0, 2 and 3 are called the zeros of the polynomial x2 5x + 6.
Geometrical Meaning of the Zeroes of a Polynomial:
Now, let us look for the geometrical meaning of a zero of a quadratic polynomial.
Consider the quadratic polynomial x2 3x 4.
Let us see what the graph of y = x2 3x 4 looks like.
Let us list a few values of y = x2 3x 4 corresponding to a few values for x as given in Table.
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
x
2
6
0
4
6
6
4
0
6
y = x 3x 4
(2,6)
(5, 6)
6
5
4
3
2
(1,0)
Note from the figure that the curve intersect xaxis at the
points 1 and 4. Thus the zeros of the Polynomial x2 3x 4
are 1 and 4.
3 2 1 0
1
(4,0)
1
2
3
4
(0,4)
(3,4)
5
6
(1,6)
(2,6)
From our observation earlier about the shape of the graph of y = ax2 + bx + c, the following three
cases can happen:
Case (i) : Here, the graph cuts x-axis at two distinct points A and A.
The x-coordinates of A and A are the two zeroes of the quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c in this
case (see given below).
Y
A
X
Volume
A
X
Y
(i)
A
0
Y
(ii)
17
18
z
Case (ii) : Here, the graph cuts the x-axis at exactly one point, i.e. at two coincident points.
So, the two points A and A of Case (i) coincide here to become one point A (see Fig. given
below).
The x-coordinate of A is the only zero for the quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c in this case.
Y
A
0
Y
(ii)
(i)
z
Case (iii) : Here, the graph is either completely above the x-axis or completely below the xaxis. So, it does not cut the x-axis at any point (see Fig. given below).
So, the quadratic polynomial ax2 + bx + c have no zero in this case.
Y
Y
(ii)
(i)
Number of Zeros of a Polynomial:

z
z
Given a polynomial P(x) of degree n, the graph of y = P(x) intersects the xaxis at most n
points. Therefore a polynomial P(x) of a degree n has at most n zeros.
That is, a quadratic polynomial can have at most two zeros and so on.
SOLVED EXAMPLE 2.1:

1) Look at the graphs in Fig. given below. Each is the graph of y = p(x), where p(x) is a
polynomial. For each of the graphs, find the number of zeroes of p(x).
Y
Y
(i)
18
Y
(ii)
Y
(ii)
Volume
19
Y
Y
(iv)
Y
(v)
Y
(vi)
Sol: i) The number of zeroes is 1 as the graph intersects the x-axis at one point only.
ii) The number of zeroes is 2 as the graph intersects the x-axis at two points.
iii) The number of zeroes is 3.
iv) The number of zeroes is 1.
v) The number of zeroes is 1.
vi) The number of zeroes is 4.

1) The graphs of y = p(x) are given in Fig. 2.10 below, for some polynomials p(x). Find the number
of zeroes of p(x), in each case.
Y
Y
(iv)
Y
(ii)
(i)
Y
(ii)
Y
(v)
Y
(vi)
Relationship between Zeroes and Coefficients of a Polynomial:

If and are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial p(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a 0, then you know that
x and x are the factors of p(x).
Therefore, ax2 + bx + c = k(x ) (x ), where k is a constant
= k[x2 ( + )x + ] = kx2 k( + )x + k
= k[x2 (sum of zero)x + (Product of zero)]
Volume
19
20
Comparing the coefficients of x2, x and constant terms on both the sides, we get
a = k, b = k( + ) and c = k.
b
c
This gives + = a , = a
i.e., sum of zeroes = + =
Product of zeroes = =
b
(Coefficien t of x)
=
,
a
Coefficien t of x 2
c
Consta nt term
=
a
Coefficien t of x 2
In general, it can be proved that if , , are the zeroes of the cubic polynomial
b
c
d
ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, then + + = , + + = , =
a
a
a

1) Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial x2 + 7x + 10, and verify the relationship
between the zeroes and the coefficients.
Sol: We have, x2 + 7x + 10 = (x + 2)(x + 5)

So, the value of x2 + 7x + 10 is zero when x + 2 = 0 or x + 5 = 0
i.e., when x = 2
or
x = 5
the zeroes of x + 7x + 10 are 2 and 5.

(7)
(Coefficien t of x)
=
1
Coefficien t of x 2
Now, sum of zeroes = 2 + (5) = (7) =

Product of zeroes = (2) (5) = 10 =
10
Consta nt term
=
1
Coefficien t of x 2
2) Find the zeroes of the polynomial x2 3 and verify the relationship between the zeroes
and the coefficients.
Sol: Recall the identity a2 b2 = (a b)(a + b)

Using it, we can write: x2 3 = (x
3 )(x +
So, the value of x2 3 is zero when x =

Therefore, the zeroes of x2 3 are
Now, sum of zeroes =
3)
3 or x = 3
3 and 3
3 =0=
(Coefficien t of x)
Coefficien t of x 2
Product of zeroes = ( 3 )( 3 ) = 3 =
3
Consta nt term
=
1
Coefficien t of x 2
3) Find a quadratic polynomial, the sum and product of whose zeroes are 3 and 2,
respectively.
Sol: Let the quadratic polynomial be ax2 + bx + c, and its zeroes be and .
We have, + = 3 =
b
a
and
= 2 =
c
.
a
If a = 1, then b = 3 and c = 2.
So, one quadratic polynomial which fits the given conditions is x2 + 3x + 2.
20
Volume
21
2
4) If and are zero of the Quadratic Polynomial f(x) = ax + bx + c, then evaluate (i) + 2
(ii)
+ .
Sol: and are zero of ax2 + bx + c
+=
2
b
c
i) 2 + 2 = ( + )2 2 = 2
a
2 + 2 =
b
c
, =
a
a
b 2 2ac
a2
b 2 2ac
2
ii)
+
=
a2
c
a
b 2 2ac
ac

CW Exercise
1) Find the zeroes of the following quadratic polynomials and verify the relationship between the
zeroes and the coefficients.
i) x2 2x 8
ii) 4s2 4s + 1
iii) 3x2 x 4
iv) 7z2 343
2
v) 5p + 20p
2) Find a quadratic polynomial each with the given numbers as the sum and product of its zeroes
respectively.
1
1 1
ii) ,
iii) 4, 1
i) 2 ,
3
4 4
3) Find the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = 4 3 x 2 + 5 x 2 3 , and verify the relationship between
the zeros and its coefficients.
4) Find the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = abx2 + (b2 ac) x bc, and verify the
relationship between the zeros and its coefficients.
5) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 px + q, then find the values of
1 1
ii) +
i) 2 + 2

6) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, then evaluate:
i) 2 + 2
ii)
iii)
2
2
+
7) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, then evaluate:
i) 4 + 4
ii)
2
2
8) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = kx2 + 4x + 4 such that 2 + 2 = 24, find
the value of k.
9) If and are the zero of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 x 2, find a polynomial whose zero
are 2 + 1 and 2 + 1.
HW Exercise:
1) Find the zeroes of the following quadratic polynomials and verify the relationship between the
zeroes and the coefficients.
i) 6x2 3 7x [CBSE 08]
ii) 4u2 + 8u
iii) t2 15
Volume
21
22
2) Find a quadratic polynomial each with the given numbers as the sum and product of its zeroes
respectively.
1
ii) 0, 5
iii) 1, 1
i) , 1
4
1 1
3) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 x 4, find the value of + .

4) If & are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial P(x) = 4x2 5x 1, find the value of 2 + 2.
5) If & are the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x2 5x + k such that = 1, find the value of k.
21
6) If , are the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = 2x2 + 5x +k satisfying the relation 2 + 2 + =
,
4
then find the value of k for this to be possible.
7) If sum of the square of the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 8x + k is 40, find the
value of k.
8) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = 2x2 5x + 7, find a polynomial whose
zeros are 2 + 3 and 3 + 2.
Division Algorithm for Polynomials:

If p(x) and g(x) are any two polynomials with g(x) 0, then we can find polynomials q(x)
and r(x) such that p(x) = g(x) q(x) + r(x), where r(x) = 0 or degree of r(x) < degree of g(x).
This result is known as the Division Algorithm for polynomials.
i.e. Dividend = Divisor Quotient + Reminder

3
1) Divide 3x + x + 2x + 5 by 1 + 2x + x2.
Sol: We first arrange the terms of the dividend and the divisor in the decreasing order of their
degrees. Recall that arranging the terms in this order is called writing the polynomials in
standard form. In this example, the dividend is already in standard form, and the divisor, in
standard form, is x2 + 2x + 1.
Step 1: To obtain the first term of the quotient, divide the highest degree term of the dividend
(i.e. 3x3) by the highest degree term of the divisor (i.e. x2). This is 3x. Then carry out the division
process. What remains is 5x2 x + 5.
Step 2: Now, to obtain the second term of the quotient, divide the highest degree term of the
new dividend (i.e. 5x2) by the highest degree term of the divisor (i.e. x2). This gives 5. Again
carry out the division process with 5x2 x + 5.
Step 3: What remains is 9x + 10. Now, the degree of 9x + 10 is less than the degree of the
divisor x2 + 2x + 1. So, we cannot continue the division any further.
So, the quotient is 3x 5 and the remainder is 9x + 10. Also,
(x2 + 2x + 1) (3x 5) + (9x + 10) = 3x3 + 6x2 + 3x 5x2 10x 5 + 9x + 10
= 3x3 + x2 + 2x + 5
Here again, we see that, Dividend = Divisor Quotient + Remainder
2) Divide 3x2 x3 3x + 5 by x 1 x2, and verify the division algorithm.
Sol: Note that the given polynomials are not in standard form. To carry out division, we first write both
the dividend and divisor in decreasing orders of their degrees.
So, dividend = x3 + 3x2 3x + 5 and divisor = x2 + x 1.
Division process is shown on the right side.
We stop here since degree (3) = 0 < 2 = degree (x2 + x 1).
So, quotient = x 2, remainder = 3.
22
Volume
23
2
Now, Divisor Quotient + Remainder = (x + x 1) (x 2) + 3

= x3 + x2 x + 2x2 2x + 2 + 3 = x3 + 3x2 3x + 5 = Dividend
In this way, the division algorithm is verified.
3) Find all the zeroes of 2x4 3x3 3x2 + 6x 2, if you know that two of its zeroes are
[CBSE08]
and 2 .
2
Sol: Since two zeroes are 2 and 2 , (x 2 )(x + 2 ) = x 2 is a factor of the given
polynomial. Now, we divide the given polynomial by x2 2.
First term of quotient is
2x 4
= 2x2
x2
Second term of quotient is
3x 3
= 3x
x2
x2
=1
x2
So, 2x4 3x3 3x2 + 6x 2 = (x2 2)(2x2 3x + 1).
Now, by splitting 3x, we factorise 2x2 3x + 1 as (2x 1)(x 1).
Third term of quotient is
So, its zeroes are given by x =
1
2
and
x = 1.
Therefore, the zeroes of the given polynomial are
2, 2,
1
and 1.
2

CW Exercise:
1) Divide the polynomial p(x) by the polynomial g(x) and find the quotient and remainder in each of
the following:
ii) p(x) = x4 3x2 + 4x + 5, g(x) = x2 + 1 x
i) p(x) = x3 3x2 + 5x 3, g(x) = x2 2
2) Check whether the first polynomial is a factor of the second polynomial by dividing the second
polynomial by the first polynomial:
ii) x2 + 3x + 1, 3x4 + 5x3 7x2 + 2x + 2
i) t2 3, 2t4 + 3t3 2t2 9t 12
4
3
3) The graph of a polynomial f(x) = 3x + 6x 2x2 10x 5, intersects x axis at four different
5
5
, 0 and
,0
points P, Q, R and S. If the co-ordinates of points P and Q are
3
respectively then find the co-ordinates of R and S.

4) Polynomial f(x) = x3 2x 4 on dividing by another polynomial g(x) gives equal quotient and
remainder. Find out the value of g(x) if the remainder of the division is x-2.
5) Give examples of polynomials p(x), g(x), q(x) and r(x), which satisfy the division algorithm and
i) deg p(x) = deg q(x) ii) deg q(x) = deg r(x) iii) deg r(x) = 0
6) Apply the division algorithm to find the quotient remainder on dividing f(x) by g(x) as given below.
ii) f(x) = x4 3x2 + 4x + 5, g(x) = x2 + 1 x
i) f(x) = x3 6x2 + 11x 6, g(x) = x + 2
7) By applying division algorithm prove that the polynomial g(x) = x2 + 3x + 1 is a factor of the
polynomial f(x) = 3x4 + 5x3 7x2 + 2x + 2.
8) What must be subtracted from 8x4 + 14x3 2x2 + 7x 8 so that the resulting polynomial is
exactly divisible by 4x2 + 3x 2.
9) Find the values of a and b so that x4 + x3 + 8x2 + ax + b is divisible by x2 + 1.
Volume
23
24
10) A polynomial f(x) = x4 3x3 + 6x 4 is factorized into three polynomials such that
f(x) = p(x).q(x).r(x). If p(x) = x2 3x + 2 and q(x) = x 2 , then find r(x).
11) For which value of a, (x + a) is a factor of 2x2 + 2ax + 5x + 10?
HW Exercise:
1) Divide the polynomial p(x) by the polynomial g(x) and find the quotient and remainder in
p(x) = x4 5x + 6, g(x) = 2 x2.
2) Check whether the first polynomial is a factor of the second polynomial by dividing the second
polynomial by the first polynomial x3 3x + 1, x5 4x3 + x2 + 3x + 1.
[CBSE08]
3) Obtain all other zeroes of x4 + x3 34x2 4x + 120, if two of its zeroes 2 and 2.
4) On dividing x3 3x2 + x + 2 by a polynomial g(x), the quotient and remainder were x 2 and
2x + 4, respectively. Find g(x).
5) If (x 2) is a factor of polynomial x3 + ax2 + bx + 16 and a b = 6 then find the value of a and b.
6) Apply the division algorithm to find the quotient remainder on dividing f(x) by g(x) as given below.
ii) f(x) = x4 5x + 6, g(x) = 2 x2
i) f(x) = x3 3x2 + 5x 3, g(x) = x2 2
4
3
2
7) What must be added to f(x) = 4x + 2x 2x + x 1 so that the resulting polynomial is divisible
by g(x) = x2 + 2x 3.
8) If the polynomial f(x) = x4 6x3 + 16x2 25x + 10 is divided by another polynomial x2 2x + k,
the remainder comes out to be x + a, find k and a.
1) Verify that the numbers given alongside of the cubic polynomials below are their zeroes. Also
verify the relationship between the zeroes and the coefficients in each case:
1
ii) x3 4x2 + 5x 2; 2, 1, 1
i) 2x3 + x2 5x + 2; , 1, 2
2
2) Find a cubic polynomial with the sum, sum of the product of its zeroes taken two at a time, and
the product of its zeroes as 2, 7, 14 respectively.
3) If the zeroes of the polynomial x3 3x2 + x + 1 are a b, a, a + b, find a and b.
4) If two zeroes of the polynomial x4 6x3 26x2 + 138x 35 are 2 3 find other zeroes.
5) If the polynomial 6x4 + 8x3 + 17x2 + 21x + 7 is divided by another polynomial 3x2 + 4x + 1, the
remainder comes out to be (ax + b), find a and b.
[CBSE 09]
6) Find the zeros of each of the following quadratic polynomials and verify the relationship between
the zeros and their coefficients:
i) f(x) = x2 2x 8
ii) g(s) = 4s2 4s + 1
iii) h(t) = t2 15
iv) p(x) = x2 + 2 2 x 6
v) q(x) = 3 x2 + 10x + 7 3
vi) f(x) = x2 ( 3 + 1)x + 3
vii) g(x) = a(x2 + 1) x(a2 + 1)
7) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomials f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, then evaluate:
i)
ii)
1 1
iii)
1 1
+ 2

iv) 2 + 2
8) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = 6x2 + x 2, find the value of
9) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 + x 2, find the value of

+ .

1 1
.

10) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 5x + 4, find the value of
1 1
+ 2.

24
Volume
25
2
4 3
3 4
11) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(t) = t 4t + 3, find the value of + .
12) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial p(y) = 5y2 7y + 1, find the value of
1 1
+ .

13) If the sum of the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(t) = kt2 + 2t + 3k is equal to their product,
find the value of k.
14) If one zero of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = 4x2 5kx 9 is negative of the other, find the value
of k.
15) If and are the zeros of the quadratic polynomial f(x) = x2 1, find a quadratic polynomial
2
2
whose zeros are
and
.
16) Verify that the numbers given along side of the cubic polynomials below are their zeros. Also,
verify the relationship between the zeros and coefficients in each case:
i) f(x) = 2x3 + x2 5x + 2; , 1, 2
ii) g(x) = x3 4x2 + 5x 2; 2, 1, 1
17) Find a cubic polynomial with the sum, sum of the product of its zeros taken two at a time, and
product of its zeros as 3, 1 and 3 respectively.
18) Apply division algorithm to find the quotient q(x) and remainder r(x) on dividing f(x) by g(x) in
each of the following:
i) f(x) = x3 6x2 + 11x 6, g(x) = x2 + x + 1
ii) f(x) = 10x4 + 17x3 62x2 + 30x 3, g(x) = 2x2 + 7x + 1
iii) f(x) = 4x4 + 8x + 8x2 + 7, g(x) = 2x2 x + 1
iv) f(x) = 15x3 20x2 + 13x 12, g(x) = 2 2x + x2
19) Check whether the first polynomial is a factor of the second polynomial by applying the division
algorithm:
i) g(t) = t2 3, f(t) = 2t4 + 3t3 2t2 9t 12
ii) g(x) = x3 3x + 1, f(x) = x5 4x3 + x2 + 3x + 1
iii) g(x) = 2x2 x + 3, f(x) = 6x5 x4 + 4x3 5x2 x 15
20) Obtain all zeros of the polynomial f(x) = 2x4 + x3 14x2 19x 6, if two of its zeros are 2 & 1.
21) Obtain all zeros of f(x) = x3 + 13x2 + 32x + 20, if one of its zeros is 2.
22) Obtain all zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x4 3x3 x2 + 9x 6, if two of its zeros are 3 &
3.
3
3
&
.
2
2
24) What must be added to the polynomial f(x) = x4 + 2x3 2x2 + x 1 so that the resulting
polynomial is exactly divisible by x2 + 2x 3?
25) What must be subtracted from the polynomial f(x) = x4 + 2x3 13x2 12x + 21 so that the
resulting polynomial is exactly divisible by x2 4x + 3?
23) Find all zeros of the polynomial f(x) = 2x4 2x3 7x2 + 3x + 6, if two of its zeros are
26) Find all the zeroes of the polynomial x3 + 3x2 2x 6, if two of its zeroes are 2 and 2 .
[CBSE 09]
27) If the polynomial 6x4 + 8x3 5x2 + ax + b is exactly divisible by the polynomial 2x2 5, then find
the values of a and b.
[CBSE 09]
28) If one zero of the polynomial (a2 + 9)x2 + 13x + 6a is reciprocal of the other, find the value of a.
[CBSE 08]
2
[CBSE 08]
29) If the product of zeroes of the polynomial ax 6x 6 is 4, find the value of a.
30) Find the condition which must be satisfied by the coefficient of the polynomial
f(x) = x5 px2 + qx r when the sum of its two zeros is zero.
31) Find the value of constant k if two of the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x3 3x2 4x + k, are
equal in magnitude but opposite in sign.
32) Find the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x3 12x2 + 39x 28, if it is given that the zeros are in A.P.
Volume
25
26
33) Find the value of p if three consecutive odd integers a, b and c are zeros of the polynomial
f(x) = x3 15x2 + 71x + p.
34) Find the condition that the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x3 px2 + qx r may be in arithmetic
progression.
35) Find the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x3 5x2 2x + 24, if it is given that the product of its two
zeros is 12.
36) If the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x3 3x2 + x + 1 are a b, a, a + b, find a and b.

CW Exercise:
1) If , are the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x2 + x + 1, then
1
1
+
=
a) 1
b) 1
c) 0
d) None of these
2) If one zero of the polynomial f(x) = (k2 + 4)x2 + 13x + 4k is reciprocal of the other, then k =
a) 2
b) 2
c) 1
d) 1
1
3) If and are the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x2 + px + q, then a polynomial having
1
is its zeros is
and
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
a) x2 + qx + p
b) x2 px + q
c) qx2 + px + 1
d) px2 + qx + 1
If , are the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = x2 p (x + 1) c such that ( + 1) ( + 1) = 0,
then c =
a) 1
b) 0
c) 1
d) 2
3
2
If the product of zeros of the polynomial f(x) = ax 6x + 11x 6 is 4, then a =
3
3
2
2
a)
b)
c)
d)
2
2
3
3
If one root of the polynomial f(x) = 5x2 + 13x + k is reciprocal of the other, then the value
of k is
1
a) 0
b) 5
c)
d) 6
6
If x = 2 and x = 3 are zeros of the quadratic polynomial x2 + ax + b, the values of a and b
respectively are
a) 5, 6
b) 5, 6
c) 5, 6
d) 5, 6.
3
2
If f(x) = 4x 6x + 5x 1 and , and are its zeros then is equal to:
3
3
5
1
a)
b)
c)
d)
4
4
2
2
On dividing x3 3x2 + x + 2 by polynomial g(x), the quotient and remainder were x 2 and
4 2x respectively then g(x)
a) x2 + x + 1
b) x2 + x 1
c) x2 x 1
d) x2 x + 1.
1
If sum of zeros = 2 , product of its zeros = . The quadratic polynomial is
3
a) 3x2 3 2 x + 1
b)
2 x + 3x + 1
c) 3x2 2 3 x + 1
d)
2x +x+3
11) Let p(x) = ax2 + bx + c be a quadratic polynomial can have at most

a) one zero
b) two zeros
c) three zeros
d) none of these.
26
Volume
27
HW Exercise:
1) If , are the zeros of the polynomial p(x) = 4x2 + 3x + 7, then
1
1
+
is equal to
7
7
3
3
b)
c)
d)
3
3
7
7
If the sum of the zeros of the polynomial f(x) = 2x3 3kx2 + 4x 5 is 6, then the value of k
is
a) 2
b) 4
c) 2
d) 4
If , are the zeros of polynomial f(x) = x2 p (x + 1) c, then ( + 1) ( + 1) =
a) c 1
b) 1 c
c) c
d) 1 + c
If the product of two zeros of the polynomial f(x) = 2x3 + 6x2 4x + 9 is 3, then its third
zero is
3
3
9
9
a)
b)
c)
d)
2
2
2
2
If the polynomial f(x) = ax3 + bx c is divisible by the polynomial g(x) = x2 + bx + c, then
ab =
1
1
a) 1
b)
c) 1
d)
c
c
If 3 is a zero of the polynomial f(x) = x4 x3 8x2 + kx + 12, then the value of k is:
3
a) 2
b) 2
c) 3
d)
2
The sum and product zeros of the quadratic polynomial are 5 and 3 respectively the
quadratic polynomial is equal to:
a) x2 + 2x + 3
b) x2 5x + 3
c) x2 + 5x + 3
d) x2 + 3x 5.
2
3
If the polynomial 3x x 3x + 5 is divided by another polynomial x 1 x2, the
remainder comes out to be 3, then quotient polynomials is
a) 2 x
b) 2x 1
c) 3x + 4
d) x 2.
If , and are the zeros of the cubic polynomial such that + + = 2, + + = 7,
= 14 then cubic polynomial is:
a) x3 7x2 2x + 14
b) x3 + 2x2 + 7x 14
c) x3 2x2 + 7x + 14
d) x3 2x2 7x + 14.
3
2
If the sum of zeros of the polynomial p(x) = kx 5x 11x 3 is 2 then k is equal to:
5
2
5
a) k =
b) k =
c) k = 10
d)
2
5
2
1
If 2 and
as the sum and product of its zeros respectively then the quadratic
2
polynomial f(x) is:
a) x2 2x 4
b) 4x2 2x + 1
c) 2x2 + 4x 1
d) 2x2 4x 1.
a)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)

1) Listed in column I are some types of Polynomials. Choose all correct options for each item in
column I in column II.
Column I
Column II
i) Linear
A) 3x2 + 1
ii) Binomial
B) x3 2
iii) Quadratic
C) x3 5x + 1
iv) Trinomial
D) 2x 1
E) x2 5x + 6
Volume
27
28
2) Given in column I are the number of zeros of the Polynomials and column II shows the graphs of
the Polynomial. Choose all correct options for each item in column I in column II.
Column I
Column II
i) 2
A)
Y
0
X
Y
ii)
B)
Y
0
iii)
C)
Y
0
iv) 3
D)
Y
0
E)
Y
0
3) Listed in column I are the zeros of the polynomials and in column II some polynomials. Choose
all correct options for each item in column I in column II.
Column I
Column II
i) 1 and 2
A) x2 x + 2
ii) 2 and 1
B) x2 + 3x + 2
iii) 2 and 1
C) x2 + x + 2
iv) No zeros
D) x2 x 2
E) x2 + x 2
4) In column I are the sum and product of the zeroes of the polynomials. For each item in column I.
Choose all correct options in column II.
Column I
Column II
i) S = 3/2, P = 9/2 A) x2 + x 6
ii) S = 1, P = 6
B) x2 + 3x + 2
iii) S = 3, P = 2
C) 3x2 + 2x + 2
D) 2x2 + 2x 12
E) 2x2 9 3x
28
Volume
29
5) Given in column I are some polynomials with one of the zeroes given in brackets. Choose one
correct option from column II for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i) x2 x (2k + 2), (4)
A) 1
The value of k is
ii) x2 2x (7p + 3), (4)
B) 5
The value of k is
iii) kx2 3(k 1)x 1, (1)
C) 9
The value of k is
iv) x3 4x2 + kx 2, (2)
D) 3
The value of k is
E) 5
6) Given in column I are some polynomials and column II shows the zeroes of the polynomial.
Choose one correct option from column II for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i) 3x2 + 11x 4
A) 4, 1
ii) x2 16
B) 4, 2
iii) x2 3x 4
C) 4, 4
2
iv) x + 5x + 4
D) 4, 1/3
E) 1, 4
ANSWER TO UNSOLVED EXERCISE:

CW Exercise 2.1:
1) (i) No (ii) 1 (iii) 3 (iv) 2 (v) 4 (vi) 3
CW Exercise 2.2:
2) (i) 3x2 3 2 x + 1 (ii) 4x2 +x + 1 (iii) x2 4x + 1
1) (i) 2, 4 (ii) , (iii) 1, 4/3 iv) 7, 7

3) =
6) (i)
7) (i)
3
2
,=
4
3
5) (i) p2 2q, (ii) p/q
4) x = b/a, c/b
3abc b3
3abc b3
3abc b3
b 2 2ac
b 2 2ac
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
ac
a2
a3
c3
a 2c
(b 2 2ac )2 2a 2c 2
a4
(ii)
(b 2 2ac )2 2a 2c 2
8) k = 1 or 2/3
a 2c 2
9) x2 4x 5
HW Exercise 2.2:
1) (i) 1/3, 3/2 (ii) 2, 0 (iii) 15 ,
2) (i) 4x2 x 4 (ii) x2 +
15
3) 15/4
4) 5/16
7) 12
8) x2
5) 6
5 (iii) x2 x + 1
6) 2
25
x + 41
2
CW Exercise 2.3:
1) (i) Q = x 3; R = 7x 9 (ii) Q = x2 + x 3; R = 8
2) (i and ii) Yes
2
4) x2 + 2x +1
3) 1, 1
2
5) i) P(x) = 2x 2x + 14; g(x) = 2; q(x) = x x + 7; r(x) = 0

Volume
29
30
ii) P(x) = x3 + x2 + x + 1; g(x) = x2 1; q(x) = x + 1; r(x) = 2x + 2

iii) P(x) = x3 + 2x2 x + 2; g(x) = x2 1; q(x) = x + 2; r(x) = 4
6) i) Q = x2 8x + 27, R = 60
ii) Q = x2 + x 3, R = 8
8) 14x 10
10) (x +
9) a = 1, b = 7
2)
11) 2
HW Exercise 2.3:
1) i) Q = x2 2; R = 5x + 10
2) No
4) x2 x + 1
5) a = 2, b = 8
6) i) Q = x3, R = 7x9 (ii) Q = x22, R=5x+10
7) 61x 65
8) k = 5, a = 5
3) 5, 6
Miscellaneous:
2) x3 2x2 7x + 14
7) i)
8)
3) a = 1; b = 2
b 2 4ac
a
25
12
12) 7
4) 5, 7
5) k = 5 and a = 5
iv)
ii)
b 2 4ac
c
b 2c
iii) +
c a
9)
3
2
10)
27
4
bc
a2
11) 108
15) f(x) = k(x2 + 4x + 4)
13) 2/3
14) 0
21) 10, 1, 2
22) 3 , 3 , 1, 2
24) x 2
25) 2x 3
26) 3
30) pq = r
31) 12
17) f(x) = k(x3 3x2 x + 3)

20)
1
, 3, 2, 1
2
23) 2, 1,
3
3
,
2
2
3
2
28) 3
29)
32) 1, 4, 7
33) 105
34) 2p3 9pq + 27r = 0 35) 3, 4, 2
36) a = 1, b = 2
30
1) iD; iiABD; iiiAE; ivCE
2) iC; iiDE; iiiB; ivA
3) iD; iiE; iiiB; ivAC
4) iE; iiAD; iiiB
5) iC; iiD; iiiA; ivE
6) iD; iiC; iiiA; ivE
Volume
Chapter 03: Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables
31

Chapter Map:
Basic Fundamentals
Equation
Variable (Dimension)
Coefficient/ Constants
Linear (Degree)
General Form of a Linear Equation in two variables

Solution by Graphical Method
Solving Simultaneous Linear Equations by Algebraic Methods
Substitution Method
Elimination Method
Cross Multiplication Methods
Equations Reducible to a pair of Linear Equations in Two varibales

Word Problems
(Tips for solving word problems)
Basic Fundamentals:
For a better understanding of linear equations, let us first understand the basic terminology used
to describe any equation. There are basically four basic terms, which are described as below:
Equation:
z
When a relation is such that the L.H.S. = R.H.S., the relation is said to be an equation
E.g. x = 8, x + 2y = 13
Variable:
z
If the equation is of the form ax + by + c = 0, x and y are said to be variables.
Coefficient/ Constants:
z
If the equation is of the form ax + by + c = 0 then a is the coefficient of x, b is the coefficient

of y and c is called the constant term.
Linear (Degree):
z
An equation in two variables x and y is said to be linear if it is equivalent to an equation of

the form ax + by + c = 0 where a, b and c are constants. The degree of the equation is 1.
General Form of a Linear Equation in two variables:

The general form of the linear equation in two variables is ax + by + c = 0, where a, b and c are
real numbers, a and b are not both zero. We often denote the condition a and b are not both zero
by a2 + b2 0.
Volume
31
32
Solution of Linear Equation in two Variables:

A solution the equation ax + by + c = 0 is a pair values, one for x and the other for y which
makes the two sides of the equation equal.
Example:
Consider the equation 2x + 3y = 5.
Let us substitute x = 1 and y = 1 in the LHS of the equation
LHS = 2(1) + 3(1) = 5 = RHS.
x = 1 and y = 1 is a solution of the equation 2x + 3y = 5.
If we consider x = 1 and y = 3 in the equation 2x + 3y = 5.
Then LHS = 2(1) + 3(3) = 2 + 9 = 11 which is not equal to RHS.
x = 1 and y = 3 is not a solution of the equation.
Remember that a linear equation has infinite solution.
z
Note:
1) Graphically, a linear equation represents a line
2) Every solution of the equation is a point on the line representing it.
3) Each solution (x, y) of a linear equation in two variables corresponds to a point on the line
representing the equation and vice versa.
Graphing a Linear Equation in two variables:

We know that the solution of linear equation ax + by + c = 0 is the value of an ordered pair
(x, y) which represents a point on the Cartesian coordinates. If all the values of ordered pair
(x, y) are plotted on the Cartesian plane and joined together, they form a straight line passing
through all such points.
The graph of a linear equation can be drawn using any of the following methods:
Three Point Method:

z
z
z
Step 1: Find three solutions (points) of the line represented in ordered pair(x, y) form
Step 2: Plot the three points on Cartesian plane
Step 3: Draw a line joining these three points which represents the given equation
Note: Although only two points are sufficient to draw a line but third point is taken for confirmation
X, Y Intercept Method:
z
z
z
z
32
Step 1: To get xintercept, put y = 0 in ax + by + c = 0 which gives x = c/a

Step 2: To get yintercept, put x = 0 in ax + by + c = 0 which gives y = c/b
Step 3: Locate the point (c/a, 0) on x axis and (0, c/b) on yaxis
Step 4: Join the two points located on the Cartesian plane to get the graph of the line.
Volume
Chapter 03:
0 Pair of Lin
near Equations in Two Va
ariables
33
SOLVE
ED EXERCISE 3.1:
1)
Drraw the grap

ph of
2x + 3y + 5 = 0.
Sol:
Step I: 2x = 3y
3 5
x=
3 y 5
2
Step II: Substittution

When y = 1, x =
3(1) 5
= 4
2
When y = 0, x =
3(0) 5
= 2.5
5
2
When y = 1, x =
3( 1) 5
= 1
2
2.5
4
1
x
1
0
1
y
(4, 1)
(2.5, 0)
(1, 1)
(x, y)
2) Ro
omila went to a station
nery shop and
a
purchas
sed 2 pencils and 3 errasers for Rs.9.
R
Her
friend Sonali saw the new
w variety of pencils and
d erasers wiith Romila, a
and she also
o bought
4 pencils
p
and
d 6 erasers of
o the same
e kind for Rs
s.18. Repres
sent this sittuation alge
ebraically
an
nd graphicallly.
Sol: Le
et us denote
e the cost of
o 1 pencil by Rs x an
nd one eraser by Rs yy. Then the algebraic
rep
presentation is given by the
t following
g equations:
(2)
4x + 6y = 18
2xx + 3y = 9
(1)
To
o obtain the equivalent geometric
g
representation
n, we find tw
wo points on the line rep
presenting
ea
ach equation. That is, we find two solu
utions of eac
ch equation.
Y
5
Th
hese solution
ns are given below in Tab
ble 3.2.
0
x
4.5
4
9 2x
3
18 4 x
y=
6
y=
P(0, 3)
2
(3, 1)
Q(4.5,
Q
0)
X
(0, 0)
We plot these points in a graph

g
paper and
a draw the
e lines. We find that both the lines coiincide.
Th
his is so, beccause, both th
he equationss are equivalent, i.e., one
e can be derived from the
e other.
UNSOLV
VED EXER
RCISE 3.1:
CW Exerrcise:
1) Re
epresent the equation 3xx + 4y = 20 grraphically.
2) Drraw the graph of the following
c) y = 2
b) x = 3
a) 4x + 2y = 5
d) 3
3y = 4x
3) Th
he coach of a cricket team
m buys 3 batts and 6 balls for Rs.390
00. Later, he buys anothe
er bat and
2 more balls of the same kind fo
or Rs.1300. Represent this situatio
on algebraic
cally and
ge
eometrically.
Volume
Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Math

hematics
33
34
4) Asthas mother tells all the kids on Asthas birthday party Seven years ago, I was seven times
as old as Astha was then. Also, three years from now, I shall be three times as old as Astha will
be. Represent this situation algebraically and graphically.
5) Draw the graph of the equation 2y x = 7 and determine from the graph whether x = 3, y = 2 is a
solution or not.
HW Exercise:
1) Represent the following graphically
b) 3x + 4y 10 = 0
a) x 2y = 0
2) The cost of 2 kg of apples and 1kg of grapes on a day was found to be Rs.160. After a month,
the cost of 4 kg of apples and 2 kg of grapes is Rs.300. Represent the situation algebraically and
geometrically.
3) Akhila goes to a fair with Rs.20 and wants to have rides on the Giant Wheel and play Hoopla.
The number of times she played hoopla is the no of rides on the Giant wheel. Each rides costs
Rs.3 and of Hoopla costs Rs.4. Represent this situation algebraically and graphically.
4) The motion of two rails are represented by the equations x + 2y 4 = 0 and 2x + 4y 12 = 0.
Represent this situation geometrically.
5) If 3x + 7y = 14, express y in terms of x. Check whether (3, 2) is a point on the given line.
Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables:

The general form for a pair of linear equations in two variables x and y is a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and
a2x + b2 y + c2 = 0, where a1, b1, c1, a2, b2, c2 are all real numbers and a12 + b12 0, a22 + b22 0.
Since the linear equation represents a line, a pair of linear equations represents a pair of lines.
If we consider two lines in a plane, only one of the following three possibilities can happen.
The two lines will be intersect at one point
The two lines will not intersect, i.e. they are parallel.
The two lines will be coincident.
Solution of a Pair of Linear Equation in Two Variables

The common pair of values of the variables which satisfy the given system of simultaneous
equations is called the solution of a pair of linear be equation in two variables.
Example:
Consider the equations x 2y = 0 and 3x + 4y = 20
Let us take x = 4, y = 2.
Substituting the values of x and y be equation,
we get 4 2 2 = 0, and 3 (4) + 4 (20) = 20
So x = 4, y = 2 satisfy both the equations
x = 4, y = 2 is the solution of the given pair of equations.
Solving Simultaneous Linear Equations:

z
There are two methods available to solve a system of two linear equations in two variables.
These are:
Solution
I. Graphical method
34
II. Algebraic method
Volume
35
Consistent and Inconsistent Systems of Simultaneous Linear Equation:

z
A system consisting of two simultaneous linear equations is said to be consistent if it has at

least one solution, otherwise it is called an inconsistent.
Graphical Method of solving a pair of Linear Equations:

As we have studied a pair of linear equations represents a pair of lines. If we consider two lines in
a plane, only one of the following there possibilities can happen.
Three Possibilities
Intersecting Lines
(Consistent)
Coincident lines
(Dependent consistent)
Parallel Lines
(Inconsistent)
Consider the system of simultaneous linear equations in x and y.

(i)
Let the equations be a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
(ii)
And a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
Draw the graphs of the equations (i) and (ii)
Let the line l1 and l2 represents the graphs of (i) and (ii) respectively.
Case (i): If the lines l1 and l2 intersect at the point and (a, b) are the coordinates of this point,
then the equations has a unique solution and the solution is given by x = a, y = b.
l1
Y
(a,b)
l2
X
Case (ii): If the lines l1 and l2 are parallel, then the given pair of equation has no solution
l1
Y
l2
X
Case (iii): If the lines l1 and l2 are coincident, then the pair of equations has infinitely many
solutions. In this case every point on the line is a solution.
Y
l1 l2
A pair of linear equations in two variables, which has a solution, is called a consistent pair of linear
equations. Graphically they represent a pair of intersecting lines.
A pair of linear equations which has no solution is called an inconsistent pair of linear equations.
Graphically they represent a pair of parallel lines.
Volume
35
36
A pair of linearr equations which

w
are equivalent ha
as infinitely many
m
distincct common solutions.
Succh a pair is ca
alled a depe
endent pair of
o linear equa
ations in two variables. N
Note that a dependent
pairr of linear equ
uations is alw
ways consisttent. Graphic
cally they rep
present coinccident lines.
if the
e lines repre
esented by th
he equation, a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 are
Intersecting, then
Parallel,
P
then
n
b
a1
1
a2
b2
a1
b
c
= 1 1
a2
b2
c2
Coincident,
C
th
hen
Pair of Liness
Coefficient
Ratios
Algebraic
Interpretation
Graphical
Interpretation
Consistencyy
b
a1
c
= 1 = 1
a2
b2
c2
Solution of a pair of Line

ear Equation
ns
x + 2y 2 = 0
x+y4=0
x + 2y 4 = 0
x 2y + 2 = 0
b
b
c
a1
a1
1
= 1 1
a2
a2
b2
b2
c2
2x + 3yy 6 = 0
6x + 9yy 18 = 0
b
c
a1
= 1 = 1
a2
b2
c2
One solution
No so
olution
Infinite solutions
Interrsecting
Parrallel
Coincident
Con
nsistent
Inconsistent
Dependentt (consistent))
Graphs
SOLVED
D EXAMPL
LES 3.2:
1) Solv
ve graphica
ally the syste
em of equattion, 5x y 7 = 0
(1) and x y + 1 = 0
Sol: Let us draw the graphs of eq
quation (1) an
nd (2).
To do
d this, we find two solutiions of each of the eq. (1) and (2).
5x y 7 = 0
x
(2).
xy+1=0
From the graph, we get the

e solution (2, 3)
36
Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Math

hematics
Volume
37
2)
Determine graphically the coordinates of the vertices of triangle, the equations of whose
sides are
y = x, 3y = x, x + y = 8. Also shade the region bounded by these lines.
Y
Sol: Step I:
y=x
3y = x
x+y=8
When x = 0, y = 0
When x = 0, y = 0
When x=3, y=5
When x=1, y =1
When x = 3, y = 1
When x=6, y=2
When x = 2, y = 2
When x = 3,y=1
When x=0, y=8
After plotting the points on the graph we get

O (0, 0), B (6, 2), C (4, 4)
8
7
6
5
C
(4, 4)
4
3
(6, 2)
1
X O
(0,0)
3) Champa went to a Sale to purchase some pants and skirts. When her friends asked her
how many of each she had bought, she answered, The number of skirts is two less than
twice the number of pants purchased. Also, the number of skirts is four less than four
times the number of pants purchased. Help her friends to find how many pants and
skirts Champa bought.
y = 2x 2
Y
Sol: Let us denote the number of pants by x and the number of
y = 4x 4
3
skirts by y. Then the equations formed are:
A(2, 2)
y = 2x 2 (1) and y = 4x 4 (2)
2
Let us draw the graphs of Equations (1) and (2) by
1
finding two solutions for each of the equations.
(0, 0)
X
X
They are given in Table 3.6.
1
1
2
3 4
5
x
2
0
1
Q(1, 0)
y = 2x 2
2
2
B(0, 2)
2
3
x
0
1
P(0, 4)
4
y = 4x 4
4
0
5
Plot the points and draw the lines passing through
Y
them to represent the equations, as shown in Fig.
The two lines intersect at the point (1, 0). So, x = 1, y = 0 is the required solution of the pair of
linear equations, i.e., the number of pants she purchased is 1 and she did not buy any skirt.

CW Exercise: Graphical Solution
a
b
c
1) On comparing the ratios 1 , 1 and 1 , find out whether the lines representing the following
a2 b2
c2
pairs of linear equations intersect at a point, are parallel or coincident:
i) 5x 4y + 8 = 0; 7x + 6y 9 = 0
ii) 9x + 3y + 12 = 0; 18x + 6y + 24 = 0
iii) 6x 3y + 10 = 0; 2x y + 9 = 0
Volume
37
38
2) Solve the following system of simultaneous linear equations graphically:

5y
b) 2x + 3y = 6, 3x
=2
a) 2x + y = 4, 3x + 2y = 5
2
d) 5x + 2y = 9, 15x + 6y = 27
c) 4x + 2y = 5, 4y 2x = 5
e) x 3y = 3, 3x 9y = 2
3) Ten students of Class X took part in a Mathematics quiz. The number of girls who participated in
the quiz is 4 more than the number of boys. Obtain the linear equations satisfying the conditions
and solve them graphically. State the number of boys and girls who took part in the quiz from the
result so obtained.
4) Kevin has only 2 rupees and 5 rupees coins in his purse. He has 8 coins in all totaling Rs.25.
How many coins of each does he have?
5) Half the perimeter of a rectangular garden, whose length is 4 m more than its width, is 36 m.
Find the dimensions of the garden.
6) For each linear equation given in the table write down another equation which forms intersecting
line, parallel line and coincident line with the given line.
Linear Equation
Intersecting Line
Parallel Line
Coincident Line
2x + 3y 8 = 0
3x 4y 12 = 0
7) Shade the area of the triangles formed by y = x, y = 1, y = 1 and x = 0.
8) Draw the graph of the equation, 4x y = 4 and 4x + y = 12. Determine the vertices of the triangle
formed by the lines representing these equations and the xaxis. Shade the triangle region so
formed.
9) Draw the graphs of 2x + y = 6 and 2x y + 2 = 0. Shade the region bounded by these lines and
xaxis. Find the area of the shaded region.
10) Solve the system of linear equations graphically x y = 1 and 2x + y = 8. Shade the area
bounded by these two lines and yaxis. Also, determine this area.
11) Draw the graphs of the equations, 2x y 2 = 0, 4x + 3y 24 = 0 and y + 4 = 0. Obtain the
vertices of the triangle so obtained. Also, determine its area.
HW Exercise: Graphical Solution
1) Which of the following pairs of linear equations are consistent/ inconsistent? If consistent, obtain
the solution graphically:
ii) x y = 8, 3x 3y = 16
i) x + y = 5, 2x + 2y = 10
iv) 2x 2y 2 = 0, 4x 4y 5 = 0
iii) 2x + y 6 = 0, 4x 2y 4 = 0
a
b
c
2) On comparing the ratios 1 , 1 and 1 , find out whether the following pair of linear equations
a2 b2
c2
are consistent, or inconsistent.
ii) 2x 3y = 8; 4x 6y = 9
i) 3x + 2y = 5; 2x 3y = 7
3
5
iii) x + y = 7; 9x 10y = 14
iv) 5x 3y = 11; 10x + 6y = 22
2
3
4
v) x + 2y = 8; 2x + 3y = 12
3
3) Draw the graph of 2y = 4x 6, 2x = y + 3 and determine whether this system of linear equations
has a unique solution or not.
4) Determine by drawing graphs whether the following system of linear equations has a unique
solution or not: x 3y = 3 and 3x 9y = 2.
5) Form the pair of linear equations in the scenario given and find the solutions graphically.5
pencils and 7 pens together cost Rs.50, whereas 7 pencils and 5 pens together cost Rs.46. Find
the cost of one pencil and that of one pen.
38
Volume
39
6) Determine graphically the vertices of the triangle the equation of whose sides are given below
2y x = 8, 5y x = 14, y 2x = 1
7) Find graphically the vertices of the triangle whose sides have the equations, y = x, y = 0 and
2x + 3y = 10. Find the area of the triangle formed by these lines.
8) Determine graphically whether the following equations 3x 4y = 1, 8y 6x = 4 is consistent or
inconsistent.
9) Determine the vertices of the triangle formed by the lines representing the equations, x + y = 5;
x y = 5 and x = 0. Find the area of the triangle formed by these lines.
10) Determine graphically the coordinates of the vertices of a triangle, the equations of whose sides
are y = x, y = 2x and x + y = 6.
11) Solve graphically: 3x 5y = 19; 3y 7x + 1 = 0. Does the point (9, 4) lie on any of lines?
Algebraic Methods of solving a pair of Linear Equations:

The simultaneous linear equation can also be solved algebraically, without drawing the graph. It is
possible to solve such a system of equations, because there are two distinct equations for two
variables. The following are the three methods:
Algebraic Methods
Substitution Method
Elimination Method
Substitution Method:
z
z
z
Cross Multiplication
Method
To understand the substitution method more clearly, let us consider it stepwise:

Step 1 : Find the value of one variable, say y in terms of the other variable, i.e. x from either
equation, whichever is convenient.
Step 2 : Substitute this value of y in the other equation, and reduce it to an equation in one
variable, i.e. in terms of x, which can be solved. Sometimes, you can get equations with no
variable. If this statement is true, you can conclude that the pair of linear equations has
infinitely many solutions. If the statement is false, then the pair of linear equations is
inconsistent.
Step 3 : Substitute the value of x (or y) obtained in Step 2 in the equation used in Step 1 to
obtain the value of the other variable.
Remark: We have substituted the value of one variable by expressing it in terms of the other
variable to solve the pair of linear equations. That is why the method is known as the substitution
method.
SOLVED EXERCISE 3.3:

1) Solve: 5x 3y = 1; 2x + 5y = 19 by Substitution Method.
Sol: 5x 3y = 1
(1)
2x + 5y = 19
(2)
1 + 3y
From (1) we get, 5x = 1 + 3y x =
(A)
5
2 + 6 y + 25 y
1 + 3y
2(1 + 3 y )
in equation (2),
+ 5y = 19
= 19
Substitute x =
5
5
5
2 + 31y = 95 31y = 93, y = 3
1+ 3 3
= 2 Solution set = {(2, 3)}
Substitute y = 3 in equation (A) x=
5
Volume
39
40
2) Aftab tells his daughter, Seven years ago, I was seven times as old as you were then.
Also, three years from now, I shall be three times as old as you will be. Solve by the
method of substitution.
Sol: Let s and t be the ages (in years) of Aftab and his daughter, respectively.
Then, the pair of linear equations that represent the situation is
s 7 = 7 (t 7),
i.e. s 7t + 42 = 0
(1)
i.e. s 3t = 6
(2)
and s + 3 = 3 (t + 3),
Using Equation (2), we get s = 3t + 6.
Putting this value of s in Equation (1), we get (3t + 6) 7t + 42 = 0,
i.e. 4t = 48, which gives t = 12.
Putting this value of t in Equation (2), we get s = 3(12) + 6 = 42
So, Aftab and his daughter are 42 and 12 years old, respectively.
Verify this answer by checking if it satisfies the conditions of the given problems.
3) The cost of 2 pencils and 3 erasers is Rs.9 and the cost of 4 pencils and 6 erasers is
Rs.18. Find the cost of each pencil and each eraser.
Sol: The pair of linear equations formed were:
(1)
2x + 3y = 9
(2)
4x + 6y = 18
We first express the value of x in terms of y from the equation 2x + 3y = 9, to get
9 3y
x=
(3)
2
Now we substitute this value of x in Equation (2), to get
4(9 3 y )
+ 6y = 18
i.e., 18 6y + 6y = 18 i.e., 18 = 18
2
This statement is true for all values of y. However, we do not get a specific value of y as a
solution. Therefore, we cannot obtain a specific value of x. This situation has arisen because
both the given equations are the same. Therefore, Equations (1) and (2) have infinitely many
solutions. Observe that we have obtained the same solution graphically also. We cannot find a
unique cost of a pencil and an eraser, because there are many common solutions, to the given
situation.

CW Exercise:
1) Solve the following pair of linear equations by the substitution method.
i) x + y = 14; x y = 4
s
t
+
=6
ii) s t = 3;
3
2
iii) 0.2x + 0.3y = 1.3; 0.4x + 0.5y = 2.3
2) Solve 2x + 3y = 11 and 2x 4y = 24 and hence find the value of m for which y = mx + 3.
2x y
x y
3) Solve the systems of equation by using the method of substitution,
= 2;
= 4.
+
a
b
a b
4) Solve: ax + by = a b; bx ay = a + b.
5) Solve by substitution method, 2x + 7y = 21, 6x + 21y = 63.
6) Solve: 3x 8y = 2, 9x 24y = 21.
Form the pair of linear equations for the following problems and find their solution by
substitution method.
7) The difference between two numbers is 26 and one number is three times the other. Find them.
40
Volume
41
8) Vinayak, Amar and Sherwin after attending the prize distribution function of UT at Vashi decided
to go to their respective destinations by Auto. The auto charges in Navi Mumbai consist of a
fixed charge and a variable charge at the rate of per km. Vinayak paid Rs.38 for a 5 km travel to
his house in Nerul, and Amar paid Rs.63 for a 10 km travel to his house at Seawoods from
Vashi. What are the fixed and variable charges? How much did Sherwin pay if his house is 3 km
away from Vashi?
9) A fraction becomes 9/11, if 2 is added to both the numerator and the denominator. If, 3 is added
to both the numerator and the denominator it becomes 5/6. Find the fraction.
HW Exercise:
1) Solve the following pair of linear equations by the substitution method.
i) 3x y = 3; 9x 3y = 9
ii)
2x+
3 y = 0;
3x+
8y=0
3x
5y
x
y
13
= 2;
+
=
2
3
3
2
6
2) Find the value of k in the equation 2y = x + k if x and y are related by the pair of linear equations
given by 2x 3y = 16 and 4x + 3y = 14.
iii)
3) Solve:
x y
x
y
= a + b; 2 + 2 = 2.
+
a b
a
b
x y
= 2; ax by = a2 b2.
+
a b
Solve by substitution method,
ii) 3x 4y = 2, 9x 12y = 6.
i) 5x + 2y = 11, 20x + 8y = 10
Form the pair of linear equations for the following problems and find their solution by
substitution method.
The larger of two supplementary angles exceeds the smaller by 18 degrees. Find them.
The coach of a cricket team buys 7 bats and 6 balls for Rs.3,800. Later, she buys 3 bats and 5
balls for Rs.1, 750. Find the cost of each bat and each ball.
Five years hence, the age of Jacob will be three times that of his son. Five years ago, Jacobs
age was seven times that of his son. What are their present ages?
Four times a number is equal to seven times the number formed by reversing its digits. Sum of
the digits is equal to three. Find out the number.
4) Solve:
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
Elimination by equating the coefficients:

z
z
z
z
z
Volume
Let us note down the steps in the elimination method:

Step 1: First multiply both the equations by some suitable non-zero constants to make the
coefficients of one variable (either x or y) numerically equal.
Step 2: Then add or subtract one equation from the other so that one variable gets
eliminated. If you get an equation in one variable, go to Step 3. If in Step 2, we obtain a true
statement involving no variable, then the original pair of equations has infinitely many
solutions. If in Step 2, we obtain a false statement involving no variable, then the original
pair of equations has no solution, i.e., it is inconsistent.
Step 3: Solve the equation in one variable (x or y) so obtained to get its value.
Step 4: Substitute this value of x (or y) in either of the original equations to get the value of
the other variable.
41
42

1) Solve: 5x + 3y = 70; 3x 7y = 130 by elimination method.
Sol: 5x + 3y = 70
(1)
3x 7y = 130
(2)
(3)
Equation (1) 3; 15x + 9y = 210
(4)
Equation (2) 5; 15x 35y = 650
Equations (3) (4), 44y = 440 y = 10
Substitute y = 10 in equation (1) 5x + 3 (10) = 70
5x = 100
x = 20
Solution set {(20, 10)}
y
11
= 10
2)
Solve algebraically the following system of equations: x + = 0.9,
y
3
x+
2
Sol:
x+
y
= 0 .9
3
11
= 10
y
x+
2
(1)
Equation (1) 3; 3x + y = 2.7
(3)
Equation (2) x +
y
2
11 = 10 x +
2
11 = 10x + 5y
3x + y = 2.7
(3)
Eqn (3) 5; 15x + 5y = 13.5
(2)
(4)
10x + 5y = 11
(5) Eqn (4) 1; 10x + 5y = 11.0
(4)
(6)
Eqn. (5) (6); 5x = 2.5 x = 0.5

Substituting x = 0.5 in eqn. (1), 0.5 +
y
= 0.9,
3
y
y
= 0.9 0.5,
= 0.4,
y = 1.2
Solution Set {(0.5, 1.2)}
3
3
3) The sum of a two-digit number and the number obtained by reversing the digits is 66. If
the digits of the number differ by 2, find the number. How many such numbers are there?
Sol: Let the tens and the units digits in the first number be x and y, respectively.
So, the first number may be written as 10x + y in the expanded form (for eg. 56 = 10(5) + 6)
When the digits are reversed, x becomes the units digit and y becomes the tens digit. This
number, in the expanded notation is 10y + x (for eg. when 56 is reversed, we get 65 = 10(6) + 5)
i.e. x + y = 6 (1)
According to the given condition, (10x + y) + (10y + x) = 66 i.e. 11(x + y) = 66
We are also given that the digits differ by 2,
(2) or y x = 2
(3)
therefore, either x y = 2
If x y = 2, then solving (1) and (2) by elimination, we get x = 4 and y = 2.
In this case, we get the number 42.
If y x = 2, then solving (1) and (3) by elimination, we get x = 2 and y = 4.
In this case, we get the number 24.
Thus, there are two such numbers 42 and 24.
Verification: Here 42 + 24 = 66 and 4 2 = 2. Also 24 + 42 = 66 and 4 2 = 2.
42
Volume
43

CW Exercise:
1) Solve by elimination method:
iii) 3x y = 12, 5x 3y = 16
11
31
, 7x + 5y =
3
3
iv) x 5y = 11, 2x + 3y = 0
v) 3x + 4y = 25, 5x 6y = 9
vi)
i) x 5y = 11, 2x + 3y = 4
ii) 3x + 2y =
2x 3y = 0 ,
5 x + 2y = 0
2) Solve, 217x + 131y = 913, 131x + 217y = 827.

3) Solve, 37x + 41y = 70, 41x + 37y = 86.
x y
4) Solve:
= ; ax + by = a2 + b2.
a b
x y
x
y
= a + b; 2 + 2 = 2.
5) Solve: +
a b
a
b
[CBSE08]
Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems, and find their solutions (if
they exist) by the elimination method:
6) If we add 1 to the numerator and subtract 1 from the denominator, a fraction reduces to 1. It
becomes 1/2 if we only add 1 to the denominator. What is the fraction?
7) Five years ago, Nuri was thrice as old as Sonu. Ten years later, Nuri will be twice as old as
Sonu. How old are Nuri and Sonu?
8) A lending library has a fixed charge for the first three days and an additional charge for each day
thereafter. Saritha paid Rs.27 for a book kept for seven days, while Susy paid Rs.21 for the book
she kept for five days. Find the fixed charge and the charge for each extra day.
HW Exercise:
1) Solve by elimination method:
i) x + y = 7, 3x 2y = 11
ii) x y = 1, 3x 5y = 1
iv) 2x 3y = 1.3, y x = 0.5
iii) 3x + 5y = 7, 11x 8y = 27
2) Solve, 99x + 101y = 499, 101x + 99y = 501.
3) Solve, 23x 29y = 98, 29x 23y = 110.
5
2
15
7
= 1;
+
= 10.
4) Solve,
x+y
xy
x+y
xy
Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems, and find their solutions (if
they exist) by the elimination method:
5) The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 9. Also, nine times this number is twice the number
obtained by reversing the order of the digits. Find the number.
6) Meena went to a bank to withdraw Rs.2000. She asked the cashier to give her Rs.50 and
Rs.100 notes only. Meena got 25 notes in all. Find how many notes of Rs.50 and Rs.100 she
received.
Cross Multiplication Method:

The two general linear equations in two variables are given as below:
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
(1)
a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
(2)
Volume
i) When
a1
b
1 , we get a unique solution
a2
b2
ii) When
a1
b
c
= 1 = 1 , there are infinitely many solutions.
a2
b2
c2
43
44
iii) When
a1
b
c
= 1 1 , there is no solution.
a2
b2
c2
General solution:
x=
b1c2 b2c1
c a c2a1
and y = 1 2
a1b2 a2 b1
a1b2 a2b1
(3)
x
y
1
=
=
b1c 2 b2c1 c1a2 a1c 2 a1b2 a2 b1
Also written as,
Diagrammatically represented as:

x
y
b1
c1
(4)
1
a1
b1
b2
c2
a2
b2
The arrows between the two numbers indicate that they are to be multiplied and the second
product is to be subtracted from the first.
For solving a pair of linear equations by this method, we will follow the following steps :
z Step 1: Write the given equations in the form (1) and (2).
z Step 2: Taking the help of the diagram above, write Equations as given in (4).
z Step 3: Find x and y, provided a1b2 a2b1 0 Step 2 above gives you an indication of why
this method is called the cross-multiplication method.

1) In case of the following system of equations determine whether the system has a unique
solution, no solution or infinite number of solutions. In case there is a unique solution,
find it. a) 5x + 7y + 2 = 0, 4x 3y 7 = 0
Sol: 5x + 7y + 2 = 0
4x 3y 7 = 0
Comparing these equations with the general equations.
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0;
a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
a2 = 4, b2 = 3, c2 = 7
Here a1 = 5, b1 = 7, c1 = 2
a1 5 b1
2
a
b
7 c1
= ,
=
1 , 1
, =
a2 4 b2 3 c 2 7
a2 b2
The system has a unique solution.
b c b2c1
49 + 6
43
7 ( 7 ) ( 3 )( 2 )
x= 1 2
=
=
=
=1
15 28 43
5( 3 ) 4( 7 )
a1b2 a2b1
y=
c1a2 a1c 2
2( 4) 5( 7)
43
=
=
= 1
43
43
a1b2 a2b1
2) Solve for x and y: ax + by = a b, bx ay = a + b.

Sol: ax + by = a b
(1)
bx ay = a + b
(2)
(3)
Multiply eq (1) b; abx + b2y = ab b2
(4)
Multiply eq (2) a; abx a2y = a2 + ab
y (b2 + a2) = a (b a) b (b + a)
Eq (3) Eq (4)
y=
44
ab a 2 b 2 ab (a 2 + b 2 )
= 1
=
(a 2 + b 2 )
b2 + a2
y=1
Volume
45
Substituting y = 1 in equation (1)

ax b = a b
ax = a b + b
ax = a
x = 1, y = 1
3) For what value of k the following system of equations have,
a) Unique solution
b) No solution.
3x + ky = 1; 3x 5y = 7
Sol: 3x + ky = 1
(1)
3x 5y = 7
(2)
3x 5y 7 = 0
3x + ky 1 = 0
Comparing with general equation
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
a1 = 3, b1 = k
a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
a2 = 3, b2 = 5
a1 b1
3
k
[The system has a unique solution]
k5
3 5
a2 b2
If the system has no solution then,
a1 b1 c1 3
k
; =
=
a2 b2 c2 3 5
k = 5
4) Find the value of k for which the following system of equations 5x 3y = 0 and 2x + ky = 0
has a nonzero solution.
b1
-3
a1 5
c1 0
=
Sol:
=
=
b2
k
a2 2
c2 0
For unique solution:
a1 b1
5 3
6
i.e.
or k
5
a2 b2
2
k
But if we take this value of k, the unique solution is (0, 0), since constants are zero.
Now a nonzero solution can only be found if the two lines are coincident.
a
b
6
1 = 1 i.e. k =
a2 b2
5
5) After covering a distance of 30km with a uniform speed there is some defect in a rail
engine and therefore, its speed is reduced to 4/5 of its original speed. Consequently, the
train reaches its destination late by 45 minutes. Had it happened after covering 18 kms
more, the train would be late by only 36 minutes. Find the speed of the train and the
distance of journey.
Sol: Distance covered after the speed reduced be = D km
Let the speed be = x km/hr
D
5D
Time =
New Time =
4x
x
5D
D
45 3
=
According to the given condition,
=
60 4
4x
x
5D 4D 3
D
3
D = 3x
(I)
=
=
4x
4
4x 4
According to the 2nd condition,
D 18
5(D 18 )
New time taken =
Change time =
x
4x
5(D 18 )
D 18
36 3
=
=
4x
x
60 5
D 18 3
5D 90 = 12x
5 3x 90 = 12x
=
4x
5
15x 12x = 90 3x = 90 x = 30
Total distance = 30 + D = 30 + 30 3 = 120 km
Volume
45
46

CW Exercise: General Solutions
1) In case of the following system of linear equations determine whether the system has a unique
solution, no solution or infinite no. of solutions. In case there is a unique solution find it by cross
multiplication method.
a) 2x + 3y = 5, 10x + 15y = 16
b) 3x 5y = 4, 6x 10y = 8
2) Find the values of k for which the system of equations x 2y = 3, 3x + ky = 1 has a unique
solution.
3) For what value of k will the equations x + 2y + 7 = 0, 2x + ky + 14 = 0 represent coincident lines.
4) Find the value of k, if it exists such that the system of equations kx + 3y = k 3, 12x + ky = k has
infinitely many solutions.
5) Express y in terms of x in the equation 2x + 3y = 11. Find the coordinates of the point where the
line of the equation 2x + 3y = 11 cuts the y axis without drawing the graph.
6) Determine the value of k for which the given system of equations becomes consistent 7x y = 5,
21x 3y = k.
7) Find the value or values of k for which the system of equations kx y = 2, 6x 2y = 3 has i) a
unique solution ii) No solution iii) Is there a value of k for which the system has infinitely many
solutions.
8) Find the relation between p and q for which the following system of equations has finite number
of solutions. 2x + 3y = 7; (p + q)x + (2p q)y = 21.
9) For which values of a and b does the following pair of linear equations have an infinite number of
solutions? (1) 2x + 3y = 7 (2) (a b)x + (a + b)y = 3a + b 2.
10) Solve for x and y: (a b)x + (a + b)y = a2 2ab b2, (a + b)(x + y) = a2 + b2.
Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems and find their solutions (if
they exist) by any algebraic method:
11) A part of monthly hostel charges is fixed and the remaining depends on the number of days one
has taken food in the mess. When a student A takes food for 20 days she has to pay Rs.1,000
as hostel charges whereas a student B, who takes food for 26 days, pays Rs.1,180 as hostel
charges. Find the fixed charges and the cost of food per day.
1
1
when 1 is subtracted from the numerator and it becomes
when 8 is
3
4
added to its denominator. Find the fraction.
HW Exercise: General Solution
solution, no solution or infinite number of solutions. In case there is a unique solution find it.
12) A fraction becomes
a) x + 6y = 5, 3x 5y = 8
c) 5x + 3y = 1, 2x +
6
2
y=
5
5
b) 6x 7y = 13, 12x + 14y = 26

d) 5x 6y 10 = 0, 10x 12y + 20 = 0
6
9
15
y= 2
f) 3x + 4y = 5, x 6 y =
5
2
2
2) Determine the values of k for which the following system of equations has a unique solution
2x 3y = 1, kx + 5y = 7.
e) 5x + 2y = 16, 3x +
3) Find the value of k for which the following system of equations has no solution 3x 4y + 7 = 0,
kx + 3y 5 = 0.
4) Determine the value of k for which the following system of equations has an infinite no. of
solutions (k 3)x + 3y = k, kx + ky = 12.
5) Find the value of k for which the equations 3x y = 6, 6x + ky = 12 represents coincident lines.
46
Volume
47
6) Solve for x and y

i) 4x +
7)
8)
9)
10)
6
8
= 15 , 6x
= 14 and hence find p for which y = px 2
y
y
ii) 43x + 67y = 2870, 67x + 43y = 2630

Obtain the condition for the following system of linear equation to have a unique solution
ax + by = c, lx + my = n.
Determine whether the system of equations 3x y = 7, 9x 3y + 25 = 0 has a unique solution,
no solution or infinitely many solutions. Justify your answer.
For what value of k will the following system of linear equations have no solutions 3x + y = 1;
(2k 1)x + (k 1)y = 2k + 1.
Solve, x + y = a + b, ax by = a2 b2.
11) Solve,
a 2b
a
ab 2
b
= 0,
+
= a2 + b2, where x, y 0.
y
x
y
x
12) Solve, a(x + y) + b(x y) = a2 ab + b2, a(x + y) b(x y) = a2 + ab + b2.

Form the pair of linear equations in the following problems and find their solutions (if
they exist) by any algebraic method:
13) Places A and B are 100 km apart on a highway. One car starts from A and another from B at the
same time. If the cars travel in the same direction at different speeds, they meet in 5 hours. If
they travel towards each other, they meet in 1 hour. What are the speeds of the two cars?
[CBSE09]
Equations Reducible to a Pair of Linear Equations in Two Variables

In this section, we shall discuss the solution of such pairs of equations which are not linear but
can be reduced to linear form by making some suitable substitutions. We now explain this
process through some examples.
1
7
+
= 10. Which is not a linear equation. But by making
x
y
some substitution we can reduce it to a linear equation, which we know how to solve. Then
using that solution, we can solve the unique equation.
Sometimes we find equations like

1) Solve the following pair of equations by reducing them to a pair of linear equations :
5
1
+
=2
x 1
y 2
Sol: Let us put
6
3
=1
x 1
y 2
[CBSE09]
1
1
= p and
= q. Then the given equations
x 1
y 2
1
1
1
1
= 1 (2)
5
6
= 2 (1)
+
3
1
1
x
x
y
y 2
can be written as : 5p + q = 2
(3)
6p 3q = 1
(4)
Equations (3) and (4) form a pair of linear equations in the general form. Now, you can use any
method to solve these equations.
1
1
We get p =
and q = .
3
3
Volume
47
48
1
1
1
for p, we have
=
i.e., x 1 = 3, i.e., x = 4.
x 1
x 1
3
1
1
1
for q, we get
=
i.e., 3 = y 2, i.e., y = 5
Similarly, substituting
3
y 2
y 2
Now, substituting
Hence, x = 4, y = 5 is the required solution of the given pair of equations.

2 3
5 4
2) Solve for (x, y) using cross multiplication,
+ = 13, = 2; where ; x 0, y 0
x y
x y
Sol: The equation can be written as
2 3
(1)
+ 13 = 0
x y
5 4
+2 = 0
x y
(2)
1
1
= A, = B The given expression becomes
x
y
Let
(3)
5A 4B + 2 = 0
2A + 3B 13 = 0
Comparing with the general equations.
a1A + b1B + c1 = 0
a2A + b2B + c2 = 0
b c b2c1
2 3 + 4( 13 ) 6 52 46
A= 1 2
=
=
=
= +2
8 15
23
23
a1b2 a2 b1
B=
c1a2 c 2a1
( 13)5 2(2) 65 4 69
=
=
=
=3
23
23
23
a1b2 a2 b1
A=
1
x
2x =1;
x=
B=
1
y
3y =1;
(4)
y=
1
3

CW Exercise:
1) Solve for (x, y) by reducing them to a pair of linear equation,
5
2
15
7
1
1
1
1
a)
+ 1 = 0,
+
10 = 0
+
= 3,
= 5 where (x0, y0) b)

2x 3y
7x 6y
x+y xy
x+y xy
c)
x+y
xy
= 2,
= 6; where ; x 0, y 0
xy
xy
e)
xy
6 xy
= ,
= 6;where: x + y 0, y x 0
x+y 5 y x
d)
2 3
9 4 9
21
+ =
, + =
; where : x 0, y 0
x y
xy x y
xy
2) Solve the following pairs of equations by reducing them to a pair of linear equations:
13
1
1
2
4
3
9
1
1
i)
+
= 2;
+
=
ii)
+
= 2;
+
=5
2x
3x
3y
2y
6
x
x
y
y
iii)
3
1
1
1
1
1
+
= ;
=
4 2(3 x + y )
8
3x + y
3x y
2(3 x y )
3) Solve, 8v 3u = 5uv; 6v 5u = 2uv.

4) Solve, 3(2u + v) = 7uv; 3(u + 3v) = 11uv.
1
1
12
7
4
5) Solve,
+
= ;
+
= 2, where 2x + 3y 0 and 3x 2y 0.
2 2 x + 3 y 3 x 2y
2( 2 x + 3 y ) 7(3 x 2 y )
Formulate the following problems as a pair of equations, and hence find their solutions:
6) Ritu can row downstream 20 km in 2 hours, and upstream 4 km in 2 hours. Find her speed of
rowing in still water and the speed of the current.
48
Volume
49
7) 2 women and 5 men can together finish an embroidery work in 4 days, while 3 women and 6
men can finish it in 3 days. Find the time taken by one man and one woman alone to finish the
work.
HW Exercise:
1) Solve the following pairs of equations by reducing them to a pair of linear equations:
4
3
7 x 2y
8x + 7y
i)
+ 3y = 14;
4y = 23
ii)
= 5;
= 15
x
x
xy
xy
iii) 6x + 3y = 6xy; 2x + 4y = 5xy
iv)
10
2
15
5
+
= 4;
+
= 2
x+y
xy
x+y
xy
2) Roohi travels 300 km to her home partly by train and partly by bus. She takes 4 hours if she
travels 60 km by train and the remaining by bus. If she travels 100 km by train and the remaining
by bus, she takes 10 minutes longer. Find the speed of the train and the bus separately.
3) Solve for (x, y) by reducing them to a pair of linear equation,
x + y 8 x + 2y 14 3 x + y 12
3
a) x + 2y = 1.3,
b)
=
=
=1
2
3
11
(2 x + 5 y )
c) 4 x +
4) Solve,
6
8
= 15, 6 x = 14; ( y 0 )
y
y
5
1 10
5
2
2
= ;
+
= , where x 1 and y 1.
x +1
2 x +1
2
y 1
y 1
5) Solve, x + y = 5xy; 3x + 2y = 13xy, where x 0 and y 0.

6) Solve, 2(3u v) = 5uv; 2(u + 3v) = 5uv.
17
2
3
5
1
7) Solve,
+
=
;
+
= 2.
5 3 x + 2y
3 x + 2y
3 x 2y
3 x 2y
8) Find the real values of x and y which will make (2x 3y 13)2 + (3x + 5y + 9)2 = 0.
Word Problems:
Tips on solving word problems:
z
z
z
z
Assume the unknown value (value to find) as variable.

Identify the conditions given.
Convert these conditions in an equation.
Solve the simultaneous equation for finding the desired value.

1) A fraction becomes 4/5 if 1 is added to both numerator and denominator. If however 5 is
subtracted from both numerator and denominator, the fraction becomes 1/2. What is the
fraction?
Sol: Let the numerator of the fraction be x and the denominator of the fraction y
x
Fraction =
y
According to the 1st condition given

According to 2nd condition given
Volume
x +1 4
=
y +1 5
x 5 1
=
y 5 2
(1)
(2)
49
50
2)
Sol:
3)
Sol:
5(x + 1) = 4(y + 1); 5x + 5 = 4y + 4; 5x 4y = 1

(1)
2(x 5) = 1(y 5)
2x 10 = y 5
2x y = 5
(2)
Solve for x and y
5x 4y = 1
2x y = 5
x = 7 and y = 9 fraction = 7/9
Points A and B are 70 km apart on a highway. A car starts from A and another car starts
from B at the same time. If they travel in the same direction, they meet in 7 hours, but if
they travel towards each other they meet in one hour. What are their speeds?
Let the speed of car from A = x km/hr
Distance travelled in 7 hrs = 7x km
Let the speed of car from B = y km/hr
Distance travelled in 7 hrs = 7y km
(1)
According to 1st condition, 7x = 70 + 7y, x y = 10
nd
According to 2 condition, x + y = 70
x = 40 km/hr
y = 30 km/hr
Speed of car from A = 40 km/hr
Speed of car from B = 30 km/hr
A bag contains 94 coins of 50 paise and 25 paise denominations. If the total worth of
these coins were Rs.29.75, find the number of coins of each kind.
Let the number of 50 paise coins be x; Let the number of 25 paise coins be y
Their values = 50x + 25y = 2975 paise
x = 25,
y = 69
x + y = 94
Number of 50 paise coins = 25
Number of 25 paise coins = 69

CW Exercise:
1) I am three times as old as my son. Five years later, I shall be twoandahalf times as old as my
son. How old am I and how old is my son?
2) A is two years older than B. As father D is twice as old as A and B is twice as old as his sister C.
The ages of D and C differ by 40 years. Find the ages of A and B.
3) A fraction is such that if the numerator is multiplied by 3 and the denominator reduced by 3 we
get 18/11; but if the numerator is increased by 8 and the denominator is doubled we get 2/5.
Find the fraction.
4) The sum of the digits of a twodigit number is 9. The number obtained by reversing the order of
digits of the given number exceeds the given number by 27. Find the given number.
5) Seven times a twodigit number is equal to four times the number obtained by interchanging the
digits, and the digit in units place exceeds digit at 10s place by 3. Find the number.
6) A twodigit number is obtained by either multiplying sum of the digits by 8 and adding 1 or by
multiplying the difference of the digits by 13 and adding 2. Find the number.
7) If three times the larger of the two numbers is divided by the smaller one, we get 4 as quotient
and 3 as remainder. Also, if seven times the smaller number is divided by the larger one, we get
5 as quotient and 1 as remainder. Find the numbers.
8) In a cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, find the four angles:
A = (2x + 4), B = (y + 3), C = (2y + 10), D = (4x 5)
9) In a ABC, C = 3 B = 2(A + B). Find the three angles.
10) 3 chairs and 2 tables cost Rs.700 and 5 chairs and 3 tables cost Rs.1100. What is the cost of 2
chairs and 2 tables?
11) On selling a teaset at 5% loss and a lemonset at 15% gain, a crockery seller gains Rs.7. If he
sells the teaset at 5% gain and the lemonset at 10% gain, he gains Rs.13. Find the actual
prices of the teaset and the lemonset.
12) A railway half ticket costs half the full fare and the reservation charge is the same on half ticket
as on full ticket. One reserved first class ticket from Bombay to Ahmedabad costs Rs.216 and
50
Volume
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
20)
21)
22)
51
one full and one halfreserved first class tickets cost Rs.327. What is the basic firstclass full
fare and what is the reservation charge?
From Delhi station if we buy 2 tickets to station A and 3 tickets to station B, the total cost is
Rs.77, but if we buy 3 tickets to station A and 5 tickets to station B, the total cost is Rs.124. What
are the fares from Delhi to station A and to station B?
A train covered a certain distance at a uniform speed. If the train had been 6km/h faster, it would
have taken 4 hours less than the scheduled time. And, if the train were slower by 6km/h, it would
have taken 6 hours more than the scheduled time. Find the length of the journey.
A and B each has some money. If A gives Rs.30 to B, then B will have twice the money left with
A. But, if B gives Rs.10 to A, then A will have thrice as much as is left with B. How much money
does each have?
The area of a rectangle gets reduced by 9 square units, if its length is reduced by 5 units and the
breadth is increased by 3 units. If we increase the length by 3 units and breadth by 2 units, the
area is increased by 67 square units. Find the length and breadth of the rectangle.
A takes 3 hours more than B to walk 30km. But, if A doubles his pace, he is ahead of B by
1 hour. Find their speeds of walking.
One number is greater than thrice the other number by 2 and 4 times the smaller number
exceeds the greater by 5. Find the numbers.
The income of A and B are in the ratio of 8:7 and their expenditures are in the ratio of 19:16. If
each saves Rs.1,250. Find their incomes.
8 men and 12 boys can finish a piece of work in 10 days while 6 men and 8 boys can finish it in
14 days. Find the time taken by 1 man alone and that by 1 boy alone to finish the work.
A boat covers 32km upstream and 36km downstream in 7 hours. Also, it covers 40km upstream
and 48km downstream in 9 hours. Find the speed of the boat in the still water and that of the
stream.
ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
C
Find the angles of the cyclic quadrilateral.
4x
B 3y5
4y+20
7x+5
A
D
HW Exercise:
1) The sum of the prices of an Almirah and a table is Rs.2, 340 and the difference of their price is
Rs.140. Find the price of each.
2) 3 chairs and 4 tables cost Rs.2250 and 4 chairs and 3 tables cost Rs.1950. Find the cost for
2 chairs and 1 table.
3) In a quadrilateral the measures of its angles are x + 6, 2x + 3, 4x, 5x 9. Find x and find the
measures of each angle.
4) In PQR, QR is smaller than twice the length of side PQ by 2cm. The length of side PR exceeds
PQ by 10cm. The perimeter of the triangle is 40cm. Find the length of each side.
5) A and B each have certain number of oranges. A says to B, If you give me 10 of your oranges,
I will have twice the number of oranges left with you. B replies, If you give me 10 of your
oranges, I will have the same number of oranges as left with you. Find the number of oranges
with A and B respectively.
6) A father is four times the age of his son. 5 years hence father will be three times the age of his
son. Find their present ages.
7) The perimeter of a rectangular plot is 32 meters. If the length increased by 2 meters and the
breadth is decreased by 1 meter, the area of the plot remains unchanged. Find the dimensions
of the plot.
Volume
51
52
8) Ramesh travels 760 km to his home, partly by train and partly by car. He takes 8 hours if he
travels 160 km by train and the rest by car. He takes 12 minutes more if he travels 240km by
train and the rest by car. Find the speed of the train and the car separately.
9) A man has only 20 paise coins and 25 paise coins in his purse. If he has 50 coins in totaling
Rs.11.25, how many coins of each type does he have?
10) A person invested some amount at the rate of 12% simple interest and some other amount at
the rate of 10% simple interest. He received yearly interest of Rs.130. But if he had interchanged
the amounts invested, he would have received Rs.4 more as interest. How much amount did he
invest at different rates?
11) The ratio of incomes of two persons is 9:7 and the ratio of their expenditure is 4:3. If each of
them saves of Rs.200 per month. Find their monthly income.
12) A dealer sold a VCR and a TV for Rs.25820, making a profit of 10% on VCR and 15% on TV. By
selling them for Rs.25390, he would have realized a profit of 15% on VCR and 10% on TV. Find
the cost price of each.
13) A man when asked how many hens and buffaloes he has told that his animals have 120 eyes
and 180 legs. How many hens and buffaloes does he have?
14) A fraction is such that if the numerator is multiplied by 2 and the denominator is increased by 2,
we get 5/4. But if the numerator is increased by 1 and the denominator is doubled, we get 1/2.
Find the fraction.
15) A 90% acid solution is mixed with a 97% acid solution to obtain 21 litres of a 95% solution. Find
the quantity of each of the solutions to get the resultant mixture.
16) There are two examination rooms A and B. If 10 candidates are sent from A to B, the number of
students in each room is the same. If 20 candidates are sent from B to A, the number of students
in A is double the number of students in B. Find the number of students in each room.
17) 2 men and 5 boys together can finish a piece of work in 4 days, while 3 men and 6 boys can
finish it in 3 days. Find the time taken by one man alone to finish the work and that taken by one
boy alone to finish the work.
18) A man sold a chair and a table together for Rs.760 thereby making a profit of 25% on the chair
and 10% on the table. By selling them together for Rs.767.50, he would have made a profit of
10% on the chair and 25% on the table. Find the cost price of each.
19) A sailor goes 8km downstream in 40 minutes and returns back to the starting point in 1 hour.
Find the speed of the sailor in still water and the speed of the current.
20) A motorboat takes 6 hours to cover 100km downstream and 30km upstream. If the motorboat
goes 75km downstream and returns back to its starting point in 8 hours, find the speed of the
motorboat in still water and the rate of the stream.
21) In covering a distance of 30km. Ajeet takes 2 hours more than Amit. If Ajeet doubles his speed,
he would have taken 1 hour less than Amit. Find their rates of walking.
1) Solve, 19x 17y = 55, 17x 19y = 53
solution, no solution or infinite no. of solutions. In case there is a unique solution find it.
3
15
ii) 6x + 5y = 11, 9x +
y = 21
i) 7x 2y = 3, 11x y = 8
2
2
iii) 2x + 3y = 7, 6x + 5y = 11
3) For what value of k will the equations x + 5y 7 = 0 & 4x + 20y + k = 0 represent coincident lines
4) Find the value of k for which the system of equations 3x+5y =0, kx+10y=0 has an infinite solution
5) Find the value of k for which the system of equations is inconsistent, 2x + 3y = 2, 3x + ky = 1.
6) Solve for x and y
i) 147x 231y = 525, 77x 49y = 203
ii) 35x + 23y = 209, 23x + 35y = 197
52
Volume
53
7) For what value of k, will the equations 2x + 3y 5 = 0, 6x + ky 15 = 0 have an infinite number

of solutions.
8) For what value of k, the system of equations is kx + 2y = 5, 3x + y = 1 will be coincident
9) For what value of k, the system of equation is kx 5y = 2, 6x + 2y = 7 will be inconsistent?
10) Show that each one of the following systems of equations has a unique solution. Find the
solution. Find the solution by using the method of cross multiplication:
i) 2x + 3y = 19, 3x + 5y = 31
ii) x 8y = 70, 3x 7y = 57
11) Solve each of the following systems of equations by eliminating x (by substitution):
i) x + y = 7; 12x + 5y = 7
ii) 2x 7y = 1; 4x + 3y = 15
12) Solve each of the following systems of equations by eliminating y (by substitution):
i) 7x + 11y 3 = 0; 8x + y 15 = 0
ii) 2x + y 17 = 0; 17x 11y 8 = 0
13) Solve the following systems of equations by eliminating method (by equ. coefficient of x or of y)
29
=0
ii) 7x 8y 11 = 0; 8x 7y 7 = 0
i) 4x 3y 8 = 0; 6x y
3
14) Solve the following systems of equations:
15 2
1 1 36
+ = 17 ; + =
i) 23x 17y + 11 = 0; 31x + 13y 57 = 0
ii)
u v
u v
5
7
11
uv .
15) Find the solution such that u 0, v 0 of, 2u + v = uv ; u + 3v =
3
3
16) Solve the following systems of equations by using cross multiplication method:
35
2
y = 25
ii) 4x + y 1 = 0; 6x y + 2 = 0
i) 4x + 7y = 10; 10x
2
3
17) Determine, graphically whether the following system of linear equations has a unique solution or
not: 2x 3y = 6, x + y = 8.
18) Solve graphically 2 (x 1) = y, x + 3y = 15. Find the coordinates of the points where the lines
meet yaxis.
19) Solve graphically: x 2y = 6, 3x 6y = 0
20) Solve the equation graphically 2x + 3y = 12, x y = 1, shade the region between the two lines
and the xaxis.
21) Solve
2
2
1 3 2
+
= , + = 0 and hence find the value of a for which y = ax + 4, (x 0)
x 3y 6 x y
22) Solve
1
1
1
5
2
1
+
= ,
=
, where 3x + 4y 0, 2x 3y 0
2(3 x + 4 y ) 5( 2 x 3 y ) 4 (3 x + 4 y ) 5( 2 x 3 y ) 10
23) 3 bags and 4 pens together cost Rs.257 whereas 4 bags and 3 pens together cost Rs.324. Find
the total cost of 1 bag and 10 pens.
24) The average age of Mahesh, Prakash and Akash is 20 years. Prakash present age is 15 years.
5 years ago the sum of ages of Prakash and Mahesh was 5/4 times than age of Akash. Find
their present ages.
25) Five years ago, A was thrice as old as B and ten years later A shall be twice as old as B. What
are the present ages of A and B?
26) In a two digit number the units digit is twice the tens digit. If 27 is added to the number the digits
interchange their place. Find the number.
27) The sum of the numerator and denominator of a fraction is 8. If the numerator and denominator
are increased by 3, the fraction become 3/4. Find the fraction.
28) Point A and B are 90 km apart from each other on a highway. A car starts from A and another
from B at the same time. If they go in the same direction, they meet in 9 hours and if they go
towards opposite directions, they meet in 9/7 hours. Find their speeds.
Volume
53
54
29) A man rowing at the rate of 5 km an hour in still water takes thrice as much time in going 40 km
up the river as in going 40 km down. Find the rate at which the river flows.
30) A man starts his job with a certain monthly salary and earns a fixed increment every year. If his
salary was Rs.1,500/ after 4 years of service and Rs.1,800/ after 10 years of service, what
was his starting salary and what is the annual income?
31) The taxi charges in a city comprise of a fixed charge together with the charge for the distance
covered. For a journey of 10 km, the charge paid is Rs.75 and for a journey of 15 km, the charge
paid is Rs.110. What will a person have to pay for traveling a distance of 25 km?
32) In an examination paper, one mark is awarded for every correct answer while mark is
deducted for every wrong answer. A student answered 120 questions and got 90 marks. How
many questions did he answer correctly?
33) The largest angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of the other two angles. The smallest angle is
1/4 of the largest angle. Find the angles of the triangle.
34) Use a single graph paper and draw the graph of the equations, 2y x = 8; 5y x = 14; y 2x = 1.
35) If 2x + y = 35 and 3x + 3y = 65 find the value of x/y.
36) Find the values of and for which the following system of linear equations has infinite number
of solutions, 2x + 3y = 7; 2x + ( + )y = 28.
37) In a bag containing only white and black balls, half the number of white balls is equal to one
third of the number of black balls. Twice the total number of balls exceeds three times the
number of black balls by 4. How many balls of each type does the bag contain?
38) Solve the following system of linear equations graphically, x y = 1; 2x + y = 8. Shade the area
bounded by these two lines and yaxis. Also, determine this area.
39) Draw the graph of the following equations, 2x y 2 = 0; 4x + 3y 24 = 0; y + 4 =0. Obtain the
vertices of the triangle so obtained. Also, determine its area.
40) After covering a distance of 30 km with a uniform speed there is some defect in a train engine
and therefore, its speed is reduced to 4/5 of its original speed. Consequently, the train reaches
its destination late by 45 minutes. Had it happened after covering 18 kilometers more, the train
would have reached 9 minutes earlier. Find the speed of the train and the distance of journey.
41) By selling a table and a chair for Rs.1896, a trader gains 25% on the table and 10% on the chair.
If he sells them for Rs.1770, he makes a profit of 10% on the table and 25% on the chair. Find
the cost price of each.
42) Draw the graphs of the equations x y + 1 = 0 and 3x + 2y 12 = 0. Determine the coordinates
of the vertices of the triangle formed by these lines and the x-axis, and shade the triangular
region.
43) The ages of two friends Ani and Biju differ by 3 years. Anis father Dharam is twice as old as Ani
and Biju is twice as old as his sister Cathy. The ages of Cathy and Dharam differ by 30 years.
Find the ages of Ani and Biju.
44) One says, Give me a hundred, friend! I shall then become twice as rich as you. The other
replies, If you give me ten, I shall be six times as rich as you. Tell me what is the amount of
their (respective) capital? [Hint: x + 100 = 2(y 100), y + 10 = 6(x 10)].
45) A train covered a certain distance at a uniform speed. If the train would have been 10 km/h
faster, it would have taken 2 hours less than the scheduled time. And, if the train were slower by
10 km/h; it would have taken 3 hours more than the scheduled time. Find the distance covered
by the train.
46) The students of a class are made to stand in rows. If 3 students are extra in a row, there would
be 1 row less. If 3 students are less in a row, there would be 2 rows more. Find the number of
students in the class.
47) Draw the graphs of the equations 3x + y = 5 and 2x y = 5. Determine the points where the
intersect yaxis
[CBSE08]
48) Solve the following pair of linear equations using cross multiplication method:
[CBSE08]
i) px + qy = p q; qx py = p + q
ii) ax + by = c; bx + ay = 1 + c
54
Volume
55
x
y
= 0; ax + by = a2 + b2
iv) 152x 378y = 74; 378x + 152y = 604
a
b
49) A traffic police at a Panvel Check Naka collected Rs.1400 for Challans paid by drivers who did
not follow traffic rules. He fined Rs.50 for not wearing helmet and Rs.100 for not carrying proper
documents. The total number of defaulters he caught was 20.How many people did he caught
not wearing helmet?
50) Find the value(s) of k for which the pair of linear equations kx + 3y = k 2 and 12x + ky = k has
no solution.
[CBSE09]
iii)
ax
by
= a + b, ax by = 2ab
[CBSE09]
b
a
52) Without drawing the graph, find out whether the lines representing the following pair of linear
3
5
7
equations intersect at a point, are parallel or coincident: 9x 10y = 21; x y = [CBSE09]
2
3
2
51) Solve for x and y:

CW Exercise:
1) The value of k for which the system of equations kx y = 2; 6x 2y = 3 has a unique
solution, is
a) = 3
b) 3
c) 0
d) = 0
2) The value of k for which the system of equations x + 2y 3 = 0 and 5x + ky + 7 = 0 has no
solution, is
a) 10
b) 6
c) 3
d) 1
3) If the system of equations 2x + 3y = 7; (a + b)x + (2a b)y = 21 has infinitely many
solutions, then
a) a = 1, b = 5
b) a = 5, b = 1
c) a = 1, b = 5
d) a = 5, b = 1
4) If am bl, then the system of equations ax + by = c; lx + my = n
a) has a unique solution
b) has no solution
c) has infinitely many solutions
d)may or may not have a solution.
5) The value of k for which the system of equations x + 2y = 5; 3x + ky + 15 = 0 has no
solution is
a) 6
b) 6
c) 3/2
d) None of these
6) A system of two linear equations in two variables is consistent, if their graphs
a) are parallel
b) are perpendicular
c) intersect in a point d) none of these.
7) A dependent system of linear simultaneous equations will have
a) one solution
b) infinite solutions
c) two solutions
d) none of these.
8) The graph of x = 5 is a line:
a) to y-axis
b) || to x-axis
c) || to y-axis
d) to x-axis.
9) The equations x + 2y = 4 and 2x + y = 5 are:
a) consistent and have a unique solution
b) consistent and have infinite solutions
c) inconsistent
d) homogeneous linear equations.
10) If the system 2x + 3y 5 = 0, 4x + ky 10 = 0 has an infinite solution then:
3
3
a) k =
b) k
c) k 6
d) k = 6.
2
2
11) The equations 4x 3y = 12, 12x 9y = 21 have:
a) two solution
b) one solution
c) no solutions
d) infinite solutions.
x
y
12) The value of k for which kx + (k + 1)y = 12,
+
= 1 will have infinite solutions will be:
4
3
Volume
55
56
8
d) 2.
3
13) If the system of equation 2x + 3y = 11 and 2x 4y = 24 has a solution:
a) x = 5, y = 2
b) x = 2, y = 5
c) x = 2, y = 5
d) x = 5, y = 2.
HW Exercise:
1) The value of k for which the system of equations 2x + 3y = 5; 4x + ky = 10 has infinite
number of solutions, is
a)1
b) 3
c) 6
d) 0
2) The value of k for which the system of equations 3x + 5y = 0 and kx + 10y = 0 has a nonzero solution, is
a) 0
b) 2
c) 6
d) 8
3) If the system of equations 3x + y = 1; (2k 1)x + (k 1)y = 2k + 1 is inconsistent, then k =
a) 1
b) 0
c) 1
d) 2
4) If the system of equations 2x + 3y = 7; 2ax + (a + b) y = 28 has infinitely many solutions,
then
a) a = 2b
b) b = 2a
c) a + 2b = 0
d) 2a + b = 0
5) If 2x 3y = 7 and (a + b)x (a + b 3)y = 4a + b represent coincident lines, then a and b
satisfy the equation
a) a + 5b = 0
b) 5a + b = 0
c) a 5b = 0
d) 5a b = 0
6) A inconsistent system of linear simultaneous equations will have
a) no solution
b) infinite solutions
c) one solution
d) none of these.
7) The graph of y = k (constant) is a line:
a) parallel to x-axis
b) parallel to y-axis
c) perpendicular to x-axis
d) none of these.
8) The graph of y = x is a line which is:
a) parallel to x-axis
b) parallel to y-axis
c) to x-axis
d) none of these.
9) For what value of k will the equations 2x + 32y + 3 = 0 and 3x + 48y + k = 0 represent
coincident lines?
3
2
9
a)
b)
c)
d) 1.
2
3
2
10) The equations 2x 3y + 6 = 0 and 6x 9y + 7 = 0 have:
a) unique solution
b) no solution
c) infinite solution
d) none of these.
11) The value(s) of k for which the simultaneous equations 2kx + 6y + 9 = 0 and
4x + (2k + 2) y + 5 = 0 will have no solution, will be:
a) 1, 2
b) 2, 3
c) 2, 3
d) 3, 2.
12) The value of k for which kx + y = k2, x + ky = 1 will have no solution, will be:
a) 1
b) 1
c) 2
d) 1.
13) If the system 3x + 5y = 0, kx + l5y = 0 has a non-zero solution, then:
a) k = 0
b) k = 9
c) k 0
d) k 3.
14) If the system 5x + ky = 7 and x + 2y = 3 is inconsistent then:
2
2
a) k = 10
b) k=
c) k 10
d) k
5
5
a) 3
56
b) 4
c)
Volume
57

1) Given in column I are types of graphs shown by some pair of linear equations in two variables.
From column II choose correct option for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i)
A) 9x + 3y + 12 = 0; 18x + 6y + 24 = 0
Intersect at a point
ii) Lines are parallel
B) 2x + 3y 8 = 0; 5x + 4y + 2 = 0
iii) Coincident lines
C) 6x 3y + 10 = 0; 2x y + 9 = 0
D) 5x 3y = 11; 10x + 6y = 22
E) 3x 2y = 4; 6x + 2y = 4
2) Consider the equation, 3(a1x + b1y c1)2 + 2(a2x + b2y c2)2 = 0 in real variables x and y, where
a1, a2, b1, b2, c1, c2 are nonzero real numbers. For each item in column I, choose all the correct
options in column II.
Column I
Column II
i)
A)
a1
b
1
a2
b2
ii) No solution
B)
a1
b
c
= 1 = 1
a2
b2
c2
iii) Infinitely many solutions
C)
a1
b
c
= 1 1
a2
b2
c2
D)
a1
b
= 1
a2
b2
Unique solution
E) a22 b12 + a12b22 > 2a1a2b1b2

3) On comparing the ratios
a1 b1 c1
,
,
in column II choose correct option for each item in column I
a2 b2 c 2
Column I
Column II
i)
A) 5x 3y = 11; 10x + 6y = 22
No solution
ii) Unique solution
B) 3x 2y = 4; 9x 6y = 12
iii) Infinitely many solutions
C) 3x 2y = 4; 6x + 2y = 4
D) 2x 3y = 8; 4x 6y = 9
E) 3x + 2y = 5; 2x 3y = 7
4) Given in column I are linear equations having infinitely many solutions for some value of k.
Choose correct option in column II for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i)
A) 4
2x + 3y = 4; (k + 2)x + 6y = 3k + 2
ii) 3x + 2y = 1; (2k + 1)x + (k + 2)y = k 1
B) 3
iii) x + (k + 1)y = 5; (k + 1)x + 9y = 8k 1
C) 2
iv) (k 1)x y = 5; (k + 1)x + (1 k)y = 3k + 1
D) 2
E) 3
Volume
57
58
5) Given in column I are the graphs of pair of linear equations. From Column II choose correct
option for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i)
A) 2y x = 9; 6y 3x = 21
ii)
B) 4y 2x = 18; 12y 6x = 42
iii)
C) x + 3y = 6; 2x 3y = 12
D) 5x 8y + 1= 0; 3x
24
3
y+
=0
5
5
ANSWERS TO UNSOLVED EXERCISES:

CW Exercise 3.1:
3) x + 2y = 1300, x + 2y = 1300
HW Exercise 3.1:
2) 2x + y = 160, 4x + 2y = 300
14 3 x
5) y =
, No
7
58
4) x 7y + 42 = 0, x 3y 6 = 0
5) No
3) x 2y = 0, 3x + 4y = 20
Volume
59
CW Exercise 3.2:
1) (i) intersect at a point (ii) Coincident (iii) parallel 2) a) (3,2) b) 1.5, 1 c) 0.5, 1.5 d, e) No Sol
3) x + y = 10, x y = 4 , boys = 3, girls = 7
4) Rs 2 coins = 5, Rs 5 coins = 3
5) Length 20 m, breadth 60 m
6) i) 3x + 2y 7 = 0, 2x + 3y 12 = 0, 4x + 6y 16 = 0
ii) 4x + 3y + 12 = 0, 3x 4y 2 = 0, 9x 12y 36 = 0
9) 8 Sq. Unit
10) 13.5 Sq. Unit
11) 40 Sq. Unit
HW Exercise 3.2:
iii) consistent, x = 2, y = 2
iv) inconsistent
1) i and ii) inconsistent
2) (i) consistent (ii) inconsistent (iii to v) consistent 3) No
4) No
5) 5x + 7y = 50, 7x + 5y = 46, (Rs 3, Rs 5)
6) (4, 2), (2, 5), (1, 3)
7) (0, 0), (2, 2), (5, 0) Area = 5
8) Inconsistent
9) (5, 0), (0, 5), (0, 5) Area = 25
10) (0, 0), (2, 4), (3, 3)
11) 3x 5y = 19 No, 3y 7x + 1 = 0 Yes
CW Exercise 3.3:
2) x = 2, y = 5, m = 1
1) (i) (9, 5), (ii) s = 9, t = 6 (iii) x = 2, y = 3
3) x = 2a, y = 2b
4) x = 1, y = 1
5) Infinite Sol Coincident Lines
6) No Sol Parallel Lines
7) x y = 26, x = 3y, x = 39, y = 13
8) x + 5y = 38, x +10y = 63, x = 13, y = 5, 28
7
x
9) 11x 9y + 4 = 0, 6x 5y + 3 = 0,
=
9
y
HW Exercise 3.3:
ii) x = 0, y = 0
iii) x = 2, y = 3
1) i) x can take infinite values
2) - 9
3) x=a2, y=b2
4) x = a, y = b
5) i)Parallel ii)Coincident
6) x y = 18, x + y = 180, x = 99, y = 81
7) 7x+6y = 3800, 3x +5y = 1750, x = 500, y = 50
8) x 3y 10 = 0, x 7y + 30 = 0, Jacob = 40, Son = 10 9) x = 2y, x + y = 3, Number = 21
CW Exercise 3.4:
7 170
iii) (5, 3)
,
ii)
87 87
2) x = 3, y = 2
3) x = 3, y = 1
3
6)
7) Nuri=50 & Sonu=20
5
HW Exercise 3.4:
1) i) (5, 2) (ii) (2, 1) (iii) (1, 2) (iv) (2.8, 2.3)
4) x = 3, y = 2
5) 18
CW Exercise 3.5:
2) k 6
1) (a) No (b) infinite
1) i) (1, 2)
22
33
iv) ,
13
13
v) (3, 4) (vi) (0, 0)
4) x = a, y = b
5) x = a2, y = b2
8) x = 15, y = 3
2) x = 3, y = 2
3) x = 3, y = 1
6) Rs.50 = 10 & Rs.100 = 15
3) k = 4
4) k = 6
11
5) 0,
3
6) k = 15
7) (i) k 3 (ii) k = 3
8) p 5q
9) a = 5, b = 1
10) x = a+b, y =
11) 400, 130

Volume
12)
(iii) No value
2ab
a+b
5
12
59
60
HW Exercise 3.5:
1) a) Unique (1, 1)
2) k
10
3
6) (i) (3, 2) p =
13
b) Unique 0,
7
3)
9
4
4
(ii) (20, 30)
3
9) k = 2
r
10) x = a, y = b
c to f) infinite
4) k = 6
5) k = 2
7) am bl
8) No solution
11) x = a, y = b
12) x=
b2
2a 2 + b 2
, y=
2a
2a
13) 60, 40
CW Exercise 3.6:
1 1
1 1
1) (a) , (b) (3, 2) (c) , (d) (1, 3) (e) (2, 3)
6
14
2 4
1
1
,y=
(ii) x = 4, y = 9 (iii) x = 1, y = 1
2
3
11
22
v = 0 or
, u = 0 or
4) v = 0 or 3/2, u = 0 or 1
23
31
x = 2, y = 1
speed in still water (u) + speed of the current (v) = 10, u v = 2, u = 6, v = 4
2
5
6
1 3
1
+
= ;
+
= , m = 36, w = 18
w
m
4 w
m
3
2) (i) x =
3)
5)
6)
7)
HW Exercise 3.6:
1
1) i) x = , y = 2
5
2) u = 60, v = 80
4) x = 4, y = 5
8) (2, 3)
ii) x = 1, y = 1
iii) x = 1, y = 2
iv) (x=3, y=2)
3) (a) (0.5, 0.4) (b) (2, 6) (c) (3, 2)

5) x = 1/2, y = 1/3
6) u = 2, v = 1
7) x = 1, y = 1
CW Exercise 3.7:
1) 45, 15
5) 36
9) 20, 40, 120
13) 13, 17
10
17)
,5
3
21) 10 km/hr, 2 km/hr
HW Exercise 3.7:
1) 1240, 1120
4) 8, 14, 18
8) 80, 100
60
6) 41
10) 600
14) 720 km
12
25
7) 25, 18
11) 100, 80
15) 62, 34
18) 20, 7
19) 6000, 5250
2) 26, 24
3)
4) 36
8) 70, 53, 110, 127
12) 210, 6
16) 17, 9
20) 140, 280
22) A = 120, B = 70, C = 60, D = 110
2) 750
5) A = 70, B = 50
9) 25, 25
3) x = 30, Angle 36, 63, 120, 141

6) 40, 7
7) 10, 6
10) 500, 700
11) 1800, 1400
Volume
12) 12600, 10400
13) 30, 30
16) 100, 80
17) 18, 36
21) 7.5, 5
Miscellaneous Exercise:
1) (2, 1)
3) k = 28
7) k = 9
18) 350, 300
61
5
6
19) 10, 2
14)
15) 6, 15
20) 20, 5
2) i) unique solution (ii) No solution (iii) unique solution

9
4) k = 6
5) k =
6) i) (2, 1) ii) (4, 3)
2
8) k = 6
9) k = 15
10) i) (2, 5) ii) (2, 9)
11) i) (4, 11) ii) (3, 1)
12) i) (2, 1) ii) (5, 7)
3 2
7 13
13) i) ,
ii) ,
3
2
5 5
1
14) i) (1, 2) ii) 5,
7
1 1
15) ,
2 3
5 1 7
16) i) ,0 ii) , 17) (6, 2)
2 24 4
18) (3, 4) (0, 2) (0, 5)
19) No solution
20) (3, 2)
21) (6, 4), a =
22) (2, 1)
23) Rs.155
3
27)
5
31) Rs.5; Rs.7
24) 15, 20, 25 years
25) 50, 20 years
28) 40, 30 km/hr.
29) 2.5 km/hr.
26) 36
4
3
30) Rs.1,300, Rs.50

32) 96
33) 22.5, 67.5, 90
8
35)
36) = 4, = 8
37) White = 8, black = 12
5
38) (3, 2) Area 13.5 sq.units
39) (3, 4); (1, 4); (9, 4) Area 40 sq.units
40) speed 30 km/hr.; distance 120 km
41) Rs.1,200, Rs.360
42) (1, 0), (4, 0), (2, 3)
43) A= 19 or 21, B = 16 or 24
44) 40, 170
46) 36
45) 600 km
47) (0, 5), (0, 5)
c (a b ) b c (a b ) + a
48) i) (1, 1) (ii)
(iii) (a, b) (iv) x = 2, y = 1
,
a2 b2
a2 + b2
49) 12
1) iBE; iiC; iiiAD
2) iAE; iiC; iiiB
3) iD; iiCE; iiiAB
4) iD; iiA; iiiD; ivB
5) iC; iiD; iiiAB
Volume
61
62
Chapter 06: Triangles

Chapter Map:
Similar Figures
Similarity of Triangles
Basic Proportionality Theorem

(Thales Theorem)
Converse of Basic
Proportionality Theorem
Criteria for Similarity of Triangles
Congruence of
Triangles
Similarity of
Triangles
AAA Similarity
(AA Similarity)
SSS Similarity
Tests for Similarity

of Triangles
SAS Similarity
Areas of Similar Triangles

Pythagoras Theorem
Pythagoras
Theorem
Similarity in Right
Angled Triangles
Converse of
Pythagoras Theorem
Applications of
Pythagoras Theorem
Congruent Figures:
Two line segments are said to be congruent if they are of equal lengths.
Circles with equal radii are congruent.
Squares with equal sides are congruent.
Equilateral triangles with equal sides are congruent.
Similar Figures:
z
z
z
z
z
Two similar figures have the same shape but not necessarily the same size.
All circles are similar.
All equilateral triangles are similar.
All squares are similar.
All congruent figures are similar but the similar figures need not be congruent
Similar Polygons:
z
62
Two polygons of the same number of sides are similar, if

their corresponding angles are equal (i.e. they are equiangular) and
Volume
63
their corresponding sides are in the same ratio (or proportional)
Note: Two quadrilaterals (a square and a rectangle) of corresponding angles are equal, but their
corresponding sides are not in the same ratio then they are not similar.
Two quadrilaterals (a square and a rhombus) of corresponding sides are in the same ratio, but their
corresponding angles are not equal, then they are not similar.
Thus, either of the above two conditions of similarity of two polygons in not sufficient for them to be
similar.

CW Exercise:
1) Fill in the blanks using the correct word given in brackets:
i) All circles are _____ (congruent, similar)
ii) All squares are ____ (similar, congruent)
iii) All ____ triangles are similar. (isosceles, equilateral)
iv) Two polygons of the same number of sides are similar, if
a) their corresponding angles are ______ and
b) their corresponding sides are ____ (equal, proportional)
2) Give two different examples of pair of
i) Similar figures
ii) nonsimilar figures.
3) State whether the following quadrilateral are similar or not:
D
3 cm
C
S
3 cm
3 cm
3 cm
1.5 cm
1.5 cm
R
1.5 cm
1.5 cm
Similarity of Triangles:
Congruence of Triangles:
Two triangles are said to be congruent if:
Their corresponding angles are congruent, and
Their corresponding sides are equal/ congruent
Similar Triangles:
z
Two triangles are said to be similar if:

Their corresponding angles are congruent, and
Their corresponding sides are proportional
Note: In congruent triangles the corresponding sides are equal whereas in similar triangles the
corresponding sides are proportional.
Volume
63
64
Theorem 6.1 Basic Proportionality Theorem (Thales Theorem):

If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle intersecting the other two sides in distinct
points, then it divides the two sides in the same ratio.
[CBSE09]
Given:
In ABC, DE || BC, and intersects AB in D and AC in E
To Prove:
AD AE
=
DB EC
Construction:
Join BE, CD, and draw EF AB, DN AC
Proof:
1) A(ADE) = AD EF
[Area of a triangle = bh]
2) A(BDE) = BD EF
[Area of a triangle = bh]
3)
A( ADE ) AD EF
=
A( BDE ) BD EF
4)
A( ADE ) AD
=
A( BDE ) BD
5) Similarly,
[Statement (1) and (2)]
A( ADE )
=
A( CDE )
1 AE DN
2
1 EC DN
2
AE
EC
6) But A(BDE) = A (CDE) [ on the same base DE & between the same || DE & BC]
7)
AD
AE
=
BD EC
[Statement 4, 5, 6]
Corollary:
z
If in a ABC a line parallel to BC intersects other two sides AB & AC at D and E.
Then
AD
AE
=
AB
AC
AD
AE
=
AB
AC
Data: DE || BC
TPT:
Proof: DE || BC
AD
AE
=
BD
EC
According to invertendo
[BPT]
BD
EC
=
AD
AE
BD
EC
+1 =
+1
AD
AE
[Adding 1 to both the sides]
AB
AC
=
AD
AE
[Taking LCM]
Taking their reciprocals,

64
AD
AE
=
AB
AC
Volume
65
Converse of Basic Proportionality (Thales) Theorem:

Theorem 6.2:
z
If a line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same ratio, then the line is parallel to the
third side.
A
Interpretation:
In ABC, line l intersects AB in D and AC in E, such that

AD AE
=
DB EC
Then, line l parallel to BC.
l
C
SOLVED EXAMPLE 6.2:

1)
Using Basic Proportionality Theorem, prove that the line, drawn from the mid point of one
side of a triangle, parallel to another side bisects the third side.
Sol: Data: In ABC, D is the midpoint of seg AB.
DE || BC.
TPT: AE = CE
A
Proof: DE || BC
[Given]
AD AE
D
E
=
[B.P.T]
BD CE
C
B
AD = BD
[Given]
AD
AE
= 1=
AE = EC
BD
CE
2) If the diagonals of a quadrilateral divide each other proportionally prove that it is a
[CBSE08]
trapezium.
AO OB
D
Sol: Data: In quadrilateral ABCD,
=
C
OC OD
O
RTP: Quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezium
E
Construction: Draw OE || CD.
Proof: OE || CD
[By construction]
A
B
BO BE
=
[B.P.T]
OD CE
AO OB
=
[Given]
But
OC OD
AO BE
=
OE || AB [Converse of B.P.T.]
OC CE
OE || CD || AB
AB || CD
ABCD is a trapezium.
3) If three or more parallel lines are intersected by two transversals, prove that the intercepts
made by them on the transversals are proportional.
Sol: Data: l || m || n, p and q are two transversals making intercepts AB, BC and DE and EF
AB DE
=
BC EF
Construction: Join AF intersecting BE at O.
RTP:
Volume
65
66
Proof: In ACF, BO || CF [Part of the parallel lines]
AB AO
=
BC OF
[B.P.T]
In AFD, OE || AD
(Part of the parallel lines)
OF EF
=
OA DE
[BPT]
AB AO DE
=
=
BC OF
EF
[II]
AB DE
=
[from I and II]
BC EF
4) M & N are points on the sides PQ & PR respectively of a PQR. State whether MN || QR.
Given: PM = 4, QM = 4.5, PN = 4, NR = 4.5
P
Sol: Proof:
i.e.
PM
4
PN
=
=
MQ 4 .5 NR
MN is parallel to QR
[Converse of B.P.T]
PM
PN
=
MQ NR
N
R

A
CW Exercise:
1) If in figure PQ || BC, AP = 3 cm; BP = 6 cm; CQ = 5.3 cm.
Find AQ.
Q
C
2) M and N are points on the sides PQ and PR respectively of a PQR. For the following case state
whether MN || QR. PQ = 1.28, PR = 2.56, PM = 0.16, PN = 0.32.
C
3) In figure, if
AD BE
=
and CDE = CED, prove that CAB is isosceles.
DC EC
E
B
D
A
D
4)
In figure, DE || AC and DC || AP. Prove that

B
BE BC
=
.
EC CP
P
D
P
E
5) In figure, DE || AQ and DF || AR. Prove that EF || QR.
F
A
6) Using Basic Proportionality Theorem, prove that the line, drawn from the mid point of one side of
a triangle, parallel to another side bisects the third side.
7) ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || DC and its diagonals intersect each other at the point O.
AO CO
=
.
Show that
BO DO
66
Volume
67
C
8)
In fig. LM || AB. If AL = x 3, AC = 2x, BM = x 2

and BC = 2x + 3, find the value of x.
A
B
9) Let X by any point on the side BC of a ABC. If XM, XN are drawn parallel to BA and CA
meeting CA, BA in M, N respectively; MN meets BC produced in T, prove that: TX2 = TB TC.
A
1 5cm
D
HW Exercise:
1) In fig, i) and ii) DE || BE.
1 cm
E
A
1.8 cm
7.2 cm
3 cm
5.4 cm
Find EC in (i) and AD in (ii).

B
(i)
(ii)
2) E and F are points on the sides PQ and PR respectively of a PQR. For each of the following
cases, state whether EF || QR
i) PE = 3.9 cm, EQ = 3 cm, PF = 3.6 cm and FR = 2.4 cm
ii) PE = 4 cm, QE = 4.5 cm, PF = 8 cm and RF = 9cm
iii) PQ = 1.28 cm, PR = 2.56 cm, PE = 0.18 cm and PF = 0.36 cm
3) The diagonals of a quadrilateral ABCD intersect each other at the point O such that
B
Show that ABCD is a trapezium

4) In figure, if PQ || BC and PR || CD, prove that
A
AR AQ
=
.
AD AB
5) In figure, PQ || AB and PR || AC.
AO CO
=
BO DO
Prove that QR || BC.

Q
B
R
C
6) Using Converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem, prove that the line joining the mid points of
two sides of the triangle is parallel to the third side.
7) Prove that any line parallel to the parallel sides of a trapezium divides the nonparallel sides
proportionately.
8) ABCD is a parallelogram, P is a point on side BC and DP when produced meets AB produced at
L. Prove that
i)
DP
DC
=
PL
BL
ii)
DL
AL
=
DP
DC
9) Two ABC and DBC lie on the same side of the base BC. From a point P on BC, PQ || AB and
PR || BD are drawn. They meet AC in Q & DC in R respectively. Prove that QR || AD. [CBSE-09]
10) In a ABC, D and E are points on the sides AB and AC respectively such that DE || BC.
i) If AD = x, DB = x 2, AE = x + 2 and EC = x 1, find the value of x.
ii) If AD = 8x 7, DB = 5x 3, AE = 4x 3 and EC = (3x 1), find the value of x.
Volume
67
68
Criteria for Similarity of Triangles:

It must be noted that as done in the case of congruency of two triangles, the similarity of two
triangles should also be expressed symbolically, using correct correspondence of their vertices.
For example, for the similarity of triangle ABC and DEF.
We cannot write ABC ~ EDF or ABC ~ FED. However, we can write BAC ~ EDF.
Tests for Similarity of Triangles:

A group of sufficient conditions (particular conditions that are sufficient to ensure similarity) are
called as Tests for Similarity of Triangles.
There are primarily 3 tests available:
1) AAA test (AA test) 2) SSS test
3) SAS test
Theorem 6.3: AAA Criterion of Similarity

If in two triangles, corresponding angles are equal, then their corresponding sides are
proportional (i.e. in the same ratio) and hence the two triangles are similar.
Interpretation:
In ABC and PQR

If A = P;
B = Q;
C = R then ABC PQR
Corollary: (A A Similarity)
If two angles of a triangle are respectively equal to two angles of another triangle, then the
two triangles are similar. This is referred to as the AA Similarity criterion for two triangles
A
P
Interpretation:
z
In ABC and PQR

If A = P
B = Q then ABC PQR
Theorem 6.4: SSS Criterion of Similarity

If in two triangles, sides of one triangle are proportional to (i.e. in the same ratio of) the sides of
the other triangle, then their corresponding angles are equal and hence the two triangles are
similar.
A
P
Interpretation:
In ABC and PQR

If
AB
BC
AC
then ABC PQR
=
=
PQ QR
PR
Theorem 6.5: SAS Criterion of Similarity

If one angle of a triangle is equal to one angle of the other triangle and the sides including
these angles are proportional, then the two triangles are similar.
68
Volume
69
Interpretation:
In ABC and PQR

If
AB
BC
and B = Q
=
PQ QR
Then ABC PQR
SOLVED EXAMPLE 6.3:

1)
Sol:
2)
Sol:
3)
Sol:
If two sides and a median bisecting one of these sides of a triangle are respectively
proportional to the two sides and the corresponding median of another triangle, prove
that the triangles are similar.
A
P
Data: In ABC and PQR, BX and CY are the medians.
AB
AC BX
=
=
X
Y
PQ PR QY
To prove: ABC PQR.
B
C
Q
R
AB AC
Proof:
[Given]
=
PQ PR
1
AC
AB
= 2
[Given]
1
PQ
PR
2
AB
AX
[AX = XC; PY = YR]

=
PQ PY
BX
[given]
=
QY
ABX PQY
[SSS test]
BAX QPY
[Corresponding angles of similar s]
AB AC
In ABC and PQR,
[Given]
=
PQ PR
A = P
proved above
ABC and PQR
[SAS Test]
P and Q are points on the sides AB and AC respectively of a triangle ABC. If AP = 2 cm,
PB = 4 cm, AQ = 3 cm, QC = 6 cm, prove that BC = 3 PQ.
AP
2 1 AQ
A
= = =
PB
4 2 QC
P
Q
PQ || BC
[Converse of B.P.T]
APQ ABC
[AA Corollary]
C
B
AP PQ
=
[Corresponding sides of similar triangles are proportional]
AB BC
2 PQ
=
2BC = 6PQ BC = 3PQ
6 BC
A vertical stick 12 cm long casts a shadow 8 cm long on the ground. At the same time a
tower casts the shadow 40 m long on the ground. Determine the height of the tower.
E
Let AB be the vertical stick and DE be the tower
C = C
[Common angle]
A
ABC = EDC = 90
CDE CBA
[AA Corollary]
C
Volume
69
70
DE DC
=
AB BC
40
h
=
h = 60cm
12
8
[Corresponding sides of similar triangles]

Height of the tower = 60cm

CW Exercise:
1) State which pairs of triangle in the fig. are similar? Write the similarity criterion used by you for
answering the question and also write the pairs of similar triangles in the symbolic form:
P
L
A
i)
2
B
2.5
ii)
D
3
2.7
2
4
E
iii)
2.5
70 5
70
L
10
2) In fig., ODC ~ OBA, BOC = 125 and CDO = 70. Find DOC, DCO and OAB.
C
D
70
125
O
A
QT
QR
and 1 = 2. Prove that PQS TQR.
3) In figure
=
PR
QS
4) If CD and GH are respectively bisectors of ACB and EGF such that D and H lie on AB and
FE of ABC and FEG respectively. If ABC FEG, prove that
CD AC
ii) DCA HGF
iii)
=
i) DCB HGE
GH FG
5) In Figure, FCE GBD and 1 = 2. Prove that ADE ABC
6) Sides AB and AC and median AD of a triangle ABC are proportional to sides PQ and PR and
median PM of another triangle PQR. Prove that ABC ~ PQR.
7) A girl of height 90 cm is walking away from the base of a lamppost at a speed of 1.2 m/s. If the
lamp is 3.6 m above the ground, find the length of her shadow after 4 seconds.
CA CB
8) D is a point on the side BC of ABC such that ADC = BAC. Prove that
=
CD
CA
A
9) In fig, if ABE ACD, show that ADE ~ ABC.
70
E
C
Volume
71
10) If AD and PM are medians of triangles ABC and PQR respectively where ABC ~ PQR prove
AB
AD
that
=
PQ PM
11) In a triangle ABC, P, Q are points on AB, AC respectively and PQ || BC. Prove that the median
AD bisects PQ.
12) Through the vertex D of a parallelogram ABCD, a line is drawn to intersect the sides CB in F and
DA FB FC
=
=
.
AB produced at E. Prove that
A
AE BE CD
13) Trapezium PQRS is carved out of a triangle ABC such that its parallel
S
P
sides are parallel to BC as shown in the figure. Find the dimensions of
ABC, given that RC = 4.8, PQ = SR = 6, PS = 10 and QR = 15.
Q
R
(All the lengths are in centimeter)
C
B
HW Exercise:
1) A vertical pole of length 6m casts a shadow 4m long on the ground and at the same time a tower
casts a shadow 28 m long. Find the height of the tower
2) Diagonals AC and BD of a trapezium ABCD with AB || DC intersect each other at the point O.
OA OB
Using similarity criterion for two triangles show that
=
OC OD
3) S and T are points on sides PR and QR of PQR such that P = RTS. Show that
RPQ ~ RTS.
4) E is a point on the side AD produced of a parallelogram ABCD and BE intersects CD at F. Show
[CBSE08]
that ABE ~ CFB.
5) The perimeters of two similar triangles are 30 cm and 20 cm respectively. If one side of the first
triangle is 12 cm, determine the corresponding side of the second triangle.
6) Two right triangles ABC and DBC are drawn on the same hypotenuse BC and on the same side
[CBSE08]
of BC. If AC and DB intersect at P, prove that AP PC = BP PD.
7) Examine each pair of triangle in figure and state which pair of triangle are similar. Also state the
similarity criterion used by you for answering the question and write the similarity relation in
E
symbolic form.
P
A
A
60
40
80
60
40
C Q
Q.7 (i)
80
5 cm
80
3 cm
80
C F
Q.7 (ii)
6 cm
In figure, if PS || QR, prove that POS ~ ROQ.
8)
O
P
Q.8
9) In figure, AD and CE are two altitudes of ABC intersect

each other at the point F Prove that
ii) ABD ~ CBE
i) AEF ~ CDF
iv) FDC ~ BEC
iii) AEF ~ ADB
Volume
D
F
A
B
71
72
10) In ABC, AB = 5, BC = 12, and AC = 13. Which of the following triangles is similar to ABC?
i) A triangle with sides 3, 5, and 12
ii) A triangle with sides 15, 36, and 39
iii) A triangle with sides 10, 22, and 24
iv) A triangle with sides 3, 4, and 5
11) If the angles of one triangle are respectively equal to the angles of another triangle, prove that
the ratio of the corresponding sides is the same as the ratio of the corresponding.
i) Medians
ii) Bisectors of angles (angle bisector segments)
iii) Altitudes
12) In a triangle ABC, a point D is located on side BC such that CAB = CDA.
Show that CA2 CD2 = DB.CD.
Areas of Similar Triangles:

Theorem 6.6:
The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal to the square ratio of their
corresponding sides.
[CBSE09]
Given: ABC ~ PQR
Area ( ABC ) AB 2 BC 2 AC 2
To Prove:
=
=
=
Area ( PQR) PQ 2 QR 2 PR 2
Construction: Draw AD BC, PS QR.

1
Proof: ar(ABC) = BC AD
2
B
D
R
S
1
1
QR PS
(Area of triangle =
base height)
2
2
1
BC AD
ar ( ABC ) 2
BC AD
(I)
=
=
1
ar ( PQR )
QR PS
QR PS
2
[Given ABC ~ PQR]
In ADB PSQ, B = Q
ADB = PSQ
[By construction, each 90]
ADB PSQ
[AA corollary]
AD AB
[Corresponding sides of similar triangles are proportional]
=
PS PQ
AB BC
But
[Corresponding sides of ABC PQR]
=
PQ QR
AD BC
[II]
=
PS QR
ar(PQR) =
ar ( ABC ) BC BC BC 2
[I and II]
=
=
ar ( PQR ) QR QR QR 2
AB
BC
AC
(As ABC PQR)
=
=
PQ QR
PR
Hence,
72
AB 2
BC 2
AC 2
ar ( ABC )
=
=
=
ar (PQR )
PQ 2 QR 2 PR 2
Volume
73
SOLVED EXAMPLE 6.4:

1)
Prove that the area of the equilateral triangle described on the side of a square is half the
area of the equilateral triangle described on its diagonal.
[CBSE09]
Sol:
ADE and ACP are equilateral triangles

ADE ~ ACP
Let the side of square ABCD = a
Its diagonal = a 2
2
AD
ar ( ADE )
=
ar ( ACP )
AC 2
=
[Given]
a 2
[Area of similar s]
a2
(a 2 )
1
2
1
ar(ACP)
2
If areas of two similar triangles are equal prove that the triangles are congruent.
ar(ADE) =
2)
Sol.: Data: ABC ~ DEF
A(ABC) = A(DEF)
To prove that: ABC DEF

Proof: ABC ~ DEF
A( ABC ) BC
=
A( DEF ) EF 2
(Given)
(Area of similar triangle)
B
P
Put A(ABC) = A(DEF)
BC 2
=1
i.e. BC2 = EF2 or BC = EF
EF 2
Similarly we can prove that AB = DE, AC = DF.
ABC DEF
(SSS test)

CW Exercise:
1) The areas of two similar triangles ABC and PQR are 64 cm2 and 121 cm2, respectively.
A
If QR = 15.4 cm, find BC.
X
2) In figure, XY || AC and XY divides triangular region
ABC into two parts of equal areas. Determine
AX
.
AB
[CBSE08]
Y C
Q.2
3) D, E, F are the mid points of the sides BC, CA and AB respectively of a triangle ABC. Determine
the ratio of the areas of triangles DEF and ABC.
B
4) In the figure, ABC and DBC are two triangle on the same base BC.
If AD intersect BC at O
ar (ABC ) AO
Prove that
=
ar (DBC ) DO
Volume
C
O
73
74
5) Prove that the ratio of areas of two similar triangles is the same as the ratio of the squares of
their corresponding medians.
6) ABC and BDE are two equilateral triangles such that D is the midpoint of BC. Ratio of the areas
of triangles ABC and BDE is
a) 2:1
b) 1:2
c) 4:1
7) In fig., DE || BC and AD : DB = 5 : 4. Find
d) 1:4
A
Area ( DEF )
.
Area ( CFB )
E
F
B
C
8) ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || CD. The diagonals AC and BD intersect at O. Prove that
i) AOB ~ COD
ii) If OA = 6 cm, OC = 8 cm. Find: a)
Area ( AOB )
Area ( AOD )
(b)
Area ( COD )
Area ( COD )
D
A
9) ABC and DEF are similar. The area of ABC is 9 sq. cm

and area of DEF is 16 sq. cm. If BC = 2.1 cm. find the
length of EF.
C
E
HW Exercise:
1) In figure, ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || CD and
C
O
AB = 2CD. Find the ratio of the areas of

triangles AOB and COD.
2) ABC ~ PQR. A(ABC) = 4 A(PQR). If BC = 12cm. Find QR.

3) ABC is a right Angled triangle right angled at A and AD BC. If BC = 13 cm and AC = 5cm.
Find the ratio of the areas of ABC and ADC.
4) The areas of two similar triangles are 121 cm and 64cm. If the median of one triangle is 12.1
cm. Find the corresponding median of the other.
5) In a ABC, P divides the side AB such that AP:PB = 1:2, Q is a point on AC such that PQ || BC.
Find the ratio of the areas of APQ and trapezium BPQC.
6) Prove that the area of the equilateral triangle described on the side of a square is half the area of
the equilateral triangle described on its diagonal.
[CBSE09]
7) Two isosceles triangles have equal vertical angles and their areas are in the ratio 9:16. Find the
ratio of their corresponding heights (altitudes).
8) Sides of two similar triangles are in the ratio 4:9 Areas of these triangles are in the ratio
a) 2:3
b) 4:9
c) 81:16
d) 16:81
P
9) In fig. ACB ~ APQ. If BC = 10 cm, PQ = 5 cm, BA = 6.5 cm

and AP = 2.8 cm, find CA and AQ.
Also, find the area (ACB) : area (APQ).

C
10) If areas of two similar triangles are equal prove that the triangles are congruent.
74
Volume
75
Pythagoras Theorem:
Similarity in Right angled Triangles:
Theorem 6.7:
If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex of the right angle of a right triangle to the
hypotenuse then the triangles on both sides of the perpendicular are similar to the whole
triangle and to each other.
Theorem (6.8) Pythagoras Theorem:

In a right triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the squares of the
other two sides.
B
Given: A right triangle ABC, right angled at B
To Prove: AC2 = AB2 + BC2
Construction: Draw BD AC
Proof: In ABC
ABC = 90
[Given]
BD AC
[Construction]
ADB ABC
[If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex containing the

right angle of a right triangle to the hypotenuse, the
triangles on each side of the perpendicular are similar to
the whole triangle and to each other.]
AD AB
=
AB AC
[Corresponding sides of similar triangles]
AB2 = AD AC
(1)
Also, BDC ABC
[Above theorem]
CD CB
=
CB CA
BC2 = DC AC
Adding (1) and (2) we get,
(2)
AB2 + BC2 = AD AC + DC AC
= AC [AD + DC] = AC AC = AC2
This theorem is also known as Baudhayan Theorem.
Theorem 6.9: Converse of Pythagoras Theorem:

In a triangle, if the square of one side is equal to sum of the squares of the other two sides,
then the angle opposite to the first side is a right angle.
Given: In triangle ABC, AC2 = AB2 + BC2
A
To Prove: B = 90
Construction: Construct a right triangle PQR,
right angled at Q,
such that PQ = AB and QR = BC
Proof: In PQR, Q = 90
Volume
[By construction]
75
76
PQ2 + QR2 + = PR2

[Pythagoras theorem]
2
2
2
AB + BC = PR
(1) [By construction PQ = AB, QR = BC]
But, AB2 + BC2 = AC2
(2) [Given]
PR2 = AC2
[from (1) and (2)]
i.e. PR = AC
In ABC and PQR, AB = PQ [construction]
BC = QR
[construction]
AC = PR
[Proved above]
ABC PQR
[SSS test]
B = Q
[CPCT]
Q = 90
[construction]
B = 90
SOLVED EXAMPLE 6.5:

1)
ABC is a triangle in which AB = AC & D is any point in BC. Prove that AB2 AD2 = BD.CD.
Sol:
Construction: Draw AE BC
Proof: AB = AC
[Given]
2
2
2
AB = AE + BE
2
2
2
AD = AE + DE
AB2 AD2 = AE2 + BE2 AE2 DE2 = BE2 DE2
= (BE + DE) (BE DE) = (BE + DE) BD
= (CE + DE)BD
[BE = CE]
2
AB AD = BD CD
2)
Sol:
The perpendicular AD on the base BC of a ABC intersects BC at D so that DB = 3CD.

Prove that 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2
[CBSE 2003]
BD = 3CD
A
[Pythagoras Theorem] I
AB2 = AD2 + BD2
[Pythagoras Theorem] II
AC2 = AD2 + CD2
From statement (1) and (2)
AB2 = AC2 CD2 + BD2 = AC2 + (BD2 CD2)
C
B
D
= AC2 + (BD + CD) (BD DC) = AC2 + BC [3CD CD]
= AC2 + BC(2CD) = AC2 + BC

3)
Sol:
2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2

ABC is a right triangle, right angled at C. If p is the length of the perpendicular from C to
1
1
1
AB and AB = c, BC = a and CA = b, then prove that, (i) pc = ab (ii) 2 = 2 + 2
p
a
b
Data: ABC is a right angled triangle right angled at C.
C
CP AB, CP = p, BC = a, AB = c, AC = b
1
1
1
TPT: 1) pc = ab
2) 2 = 2 + 2
p
a
b
Proof: A(ABC) = bh = pc
A
B
A(ABC) = ba
[C = 90]
P
ab = pc
ab = pc
According to Pythagoras theorem, C2 = a2 + b2
pc = ab p =
76
1
BC 2
BC [ 4CD = BC ] = AC2 +
2
2
ab 1
C
, =
c p ab
1
C2
a2 + b2
1
1
= 2 2 = 2 2 = 2+ 2
2
p
a b
a b
b
a
i.e.
1
1
1
= 2 + 2
2
p
b
a
Volume
77

CW Exercise:
1) PQR is a triangle right angled at P and M is a point on QR such that PM QR. Show that
PM2 = QM. MR
2) The sides of certain triangles are given below. Determine which of them are right triangles.
i) 6 cm, 8 cm, 10 cm
ii) 5 cm, 8 cm, 11 cm
3) A man goes 150 m due east and then 200 m due north. How far is he from the starting point?
4) A ladder 25 m long reaches a window of a building 20 m above the ground. Determine the
distance of the foot of the ladder from the building.
5) A ladder is placed in such a way that its foot is at a distance of 5 m from a wall and its tip
reaches a window 12 m above the ground. Determine the length of the ladder.
6) From a point O in the interior of a ABC, perpendiculars OD, OE and OF are drawn to the sides
BC, CA and AB respectively. Prove that
i) AF2 + BD2 + CE2 = OA2 + OB2 + OC2 OD2 OE2 OF2
ii) AF2 + BD2 + CE2 = AE2 + CD2 + BF2
7) P and Q are the mid points of the sides CA and CB respectively of a ABC right angled at C.
Prove that
i) 4AQ2 = 4AC2 + BC2 ii) 4BP2 = 4BC2 + AC2 iii) 4(AQ2 + BP2) = 5 AB2
8) In an isosceles triangle ABC, with AB = AC, BD is perpendicular from B to the side AC. Prove
that BD2 CD2 = 2CD AD
9) ABCD is a rhombus. Prove that AB2 + BC2 + CD2 + DA2 = AC2 + BD2
C
10) If ABC is an equilateral triangle of side 2a, prove that altitude AD = a 3 .
11) In figure, ACB = 90 and CD AB.
CB 2
BD
A
B
AD
CA
D
2
2
12) ABC is an isosceles triangle with AC = BC. If AB = 2AC , prove that ABC is a right triangle.
13) An aeroplane leaves an airport and flies due north at a speed of 1000 km per hour. At the same
time, another aeroplane leaves the same airport and flies due west at a speed of 1200 km per
1
hour. How far apart will be the two planes after 1 hours?
2
14) The perpendicular AD on the base BC of a ABC intersects BC at D so that DB = 3CD. Prove
that 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2.
15) A point O in the interior of a rectangle ABCD is joined with each of the vertices A, B, C and D.
[Hint: Through O draw a line parallel to BC]
Prove that OB2 + OD2 = OC2 + OA2.
16) Two poles of heights 6m and 11m stand vertically on a plane ground. If the distance between
their feet is 12 m, determine the distance between their tops.
17) A ladder reaches a window, which is 12 m above the ground on one side of the street. Keeping
its foot at the same point, the ladder is turned to the other side of the street to reach a window
9m high. Find the width of the street if the length of the ladder is 15m.
18) In an equilateral triangle ABC, the side BC is trisected at D. Prove that 9AD2 = 7AB2
19) P and Q are points on the sides CA and CB respectively of a ABC right angled at C. Prove that
AQ2 + BP2 = AB2 + PQ2.
20) In an equilateral triangle, prove that three times the square of one side is equal to four times the
square of one of its altitudes.
HW Exercise:
1) ABC is an isosceles triangle right angled at C Prove that AB2 = 2 AC2
Prove that,
Volume
77
78
2) A guy wire attached to a vertical pole of height 18 m is 24 m long and has a stake attached to
the other end. How far from the base of the pole should the stake be driven so that the wire will
be taut?
3) In a triangle ABC, AD is drawn perpendicular to BC. Prove that AB2 BD2 = AC2 CD2
5) In a triangle ABC, B > C, D is the mid point of BC and AE BC. Prove that
1
1
1
i) AC2 = AD2 + BC.DE + BC 2 (ii) AB2 = AD2 BC.DE + BC 2 (iii) AB2 + AC2 = 2AD2 + BC 2
4
4
2
D
6) ABD is a triangle in which DAB = 90 and AC BD. Prove that
i) AB2 = BC BD
ii) AC2 = BC DC
iii) AD2 = BD CD
[CBSE09]
A
B
7) In ABC is a right triangle, right angled at B. AD and CE are the two medians drawn from A and
C respectively. If AC = 5 cm and AD =
3 5
cm, find the length of CE.
2
8) BL and CM are medians of a ABC right angled at A. Prove that, 4(BL2 + CM2) = 5 BC2
Proof of Theorems:
Theorem 6.2: (Converse of Thales Theorem)
z
If a line divides any two sides of a triangle in the same ratio, the line must be parallel to the
third side.
Given:
z
In ABC, line l intersects AB in D and AC in E, such that
AD AE
=
DB EC
D
E
To Prove:
z
Line l || BC
l
C
Construction:
z
Let line l not parallel to BC. Through D draw DF || BC
Proof:
z
z
78
DF ||BC
[BPT]
AD AF
=
DB FC
But
AD AE
=
DB EC
[Given]
AF AE
=
FC EC
AF + FC AE + EC
=
FC
EC
[Componendo]
Volume

z
z
z
79
AC AC
FC = EC
=
FC EC
But this is impossible unless F and E coincide i.e. DE is l itself
Hence l || BC.
Theorem 6.3:
If in two triangle, corresponding angles are equal, i.e., the two triangles are equiangular,
then the triangles are similar.
Given:
z
Two ABC and DEF such that A = D, B = E and C = F
To prove:
z
ABC ~ DEF
Construction:
z
z
We mark point P on the line DE and Q on the line DF such that AB = DP and AC = DQ.
We join PQ.
D
Proof:
AB < DE. Thus, P lies in DE.
In ABC and DPQ,
AB = DP, AC = DQ and A = D
ABC DPQ
So, B = DPQ
But, B = E [Given]
z
z
E = DPQ
Consequently, PQ || EF
i.e.,
Similarly,
From (1) and (2) we get,
Since, corresponding angles are given equal, we conclude that, ABC ~ DEF.
P
B
Q
F
[SAS criterion of congruence]
DP
DQ
=
DE
DF
[Corollary to Basic Proportionally Theorem]
AB
AC
=
DE
DF
AB
BC
=
DE
EF
(1) [Construction]
(2)
AB
BC
AC
=
=
DE
EF
DF
Theorem 6.4:
If the corresponding sides of two triangles are proportional, then they are similar.
Given:
z
Volume
Two ABC and DEF such that
AB
BC
AC
=
=
DE
EF
DF
79
80
To prove:
z
ABC ~ DEF
Construction:
z
We mark point P on DE and Q on DF such that AB = DP and AC = DQ. We join PQ.

D
Proof:
z
Since
AB
AC
=
,we get
DE
DF
DP
DQ
=
DE
DF
PQ || EF
[Converse of Basic Proportionally Theorem]
So, DPQ = E and DQP = F
[Corresponding angles]
By AAA similarity, DPQ ~ DEF
This gives,
But,
From (1) and (2) we get,
So, by SSS congruence criterion, ABC DPQ
Since, DPQ ~ DEF
DP
PQ
AB
PQ
=
or
=
(1)
DE
EF
DE
EF
AB
BC
=
DE
EF
(2)
PQ
BC
=
EF
EF
or
[Given]
PQ = BC
We get, ABC ~ DEF
Theorem 6.5:
If in two triangles, one pair of corresponding sides is proportional and the included
angles are equal, then the two triangles are similar.
Given:
z
Two ABC and DEF such that
AB
AC
=
DE
DF
and A = D
To prove:
z
ABC ~ DEF
Construction:
z
We mark point P in DE and Q in DF such that AB = DP and AC = DQ. We join PQ.
Proof:
z
In ABC and DPQ, we get
AB = DP; AC = DQ; A = D
ABC DPQ
[SAS criterion of congruence]
AB
AC
Now,
=
DE
DF
[Given]
DP
DQ
=
DE
DF
[By construction]
80
(1)
A
P
B
Q
F
Volume
81
So, PQ || EF
[Converse of Basic Proportionally Theorem]
DPQ = E and DQP = F
Consequently, by AA similarity, DPQ ~ DEF
Hence, ABC ~ DEF
[By (1)]
Theorem 6.7: Similarity in Right Angled Triangles

If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex containing the right angle of a right triangle to the
hypotenuse, the triangles on each side of the perpendicular are similar to the whole triangle
and to each other.
z The triangles on each side of the hypotenuse are similar to each other and to the original
triangle
z The square of the perpendicular is equal to the product of the lengths of the two parts of the
hypotenuse
A
Given:
D
A right triangle ABC, right angled at B
BD AC
To Prove:
1) ADB ~ BDC
ADB ~ ABC
BDC ~ ABC, and
2) BD2 = AD DC
Proof:
ABD + DBC = 90
C + DBC = 90
ABD = C
ADB BDC
In ADB and ABC A = A
ADB = 90 ABC
ADB ABC
Similarly, BDC ABC
ADB BDC
[Angle addition property]

[BD AC]
[I] ADB = 90 = BDC
[AA Corollary]
[common]
[AA Corollary]
[AA Corollary]
AD BD
=
i.e. BD2 = AD DC
BD DC
Note: BD is called the Geometric mean of AD and DC.
Angle Bisector Property:

The bisector of an angle of a triangle, divides the opposite side in the ratio of the sides
containing the angle.
E
Given:
In < ABC, bisector of BAC intersects BC in D
To Prove:
z
BD AB
=
DC AC
B
Volume
81
82
Construction:
z
Through C draw CE || AD meeting BA produced at E
Proof:
z
Since CE || AD, CAD = ACE (I) [Alternate angles of parallel lines]
z
z
BAD = AEC
From (I) and (II)
ACE = AEC
(II) [Corresponding angles of parallel lines]
AC = AE
z
[Properties of isosceles triangle]
Using the property of BPT
BD BA
=
DC AE
BD BA
=
DC AE
[AC =AE]
The bisector of the exterior A of a triangle ABC intersects the side BC produced in D.
AB BD
=
.
Prove that
AC CD
F
[Note: We say that the point D divides BC externally in the ratio AB:AC]
Sol: Data: In ABC, ray AD bisects the exterior A intersecting BC at D.
A
AB BD
=
RTP:
E
AC CD
Construction: Through C draw CE || AD.
Proof:
CE || AD
[By construction]
BE BC
B
C
D
In ABD,
=
[B.P.T]
EA CD
FAD = CAD
[Ray AD is the bisector]
DAC = ACE
[Alternate angles]
AEC = FAD
[Corresponding angles]
AEC = ACE
Statement (3), (4), (5)
AE = AC
[Prop of isosceles triangles]
BE + EA BC + CD
=
[Componendo from statement (2)]
EA
CD
AB BD
=
Statement (8)
EA CD
AB BD
=
Statement (7) and (8)
i.e.
AC CD
Applications of Pythagoras Theorem:

Acute Angled Triangle:
Given: A triangle ABC, such that AD BC

B < 90
To Prove: AC2 = AB2 + BC2 2 BC.BD
Construction: Draw AD BC
82
Volume
83
Proof: In ABD, ADB = 90

2
AB = BD + AD
[AD BC]
AC2 = AD2 + CD2
= AD + [BC BD] = AD + BC2 2BC.BD + BD2

= AB2 + BC2 2BC.BD
[AB2 = AD2 + BD2]
Obtuse Angled Triangle:
In an obtuse angled ABC, obtuse angled at B, AD BC

Given: A triangle ABC, such that AD DC; B > 90
To Prove: AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2 BC BD
Construction: Draw AD CB
Proof: ADC is a rightangled triangle right angled at D (AD BC)

AC2 = AD2 + CD2
= AD + (BD + BC)
2
[C B D]
= AD + BD + 2BD.BC + BC
= AB2 + BC2 + 2BD.BC
[AD2 + BD2 = AB2]
Hence proved
Appollonius Principle:
In an acute angled ABC, D is the midpoint to side BC.

Prove: AB + AC = 2AD + 2DC
Given: A triangle ABC, such that BD = DC
2
To Prove: AB + AC = 2AD + 2DC
Construction: Construct a perpendicular AE on side BC

Proof: AB2 = BE2 + AE2
2
= [BD + DE] + AE
2
[BDE]
AC = AE + EC = AE + (CD DE)
[DEC]
2
AB + AC = BD + 2BD.DE + DE + 2AE + CD2 2CD.DE + DE2

= BD2 + 2AE2 + CD2 + 2DE2
= 2CD2 + 2[AE2 + DE2]
2
= 2CD + 2AD
[Since BD = CD]
[Since AE2 + DE2 = AD2]
1) In fig. D is a point on side BC of ABC such that
Prove that AD is the bisector of BAC.

2) In Fig ABC and AMP are two right triangles, right angled
at B and M respectively. Prove that:
CA BC
i) ABC ~ AMP
=
ii)
PA MP
B
M
Volume
BD AB
=
.
CD AC
83
84
3) If the angles of one triangle are respectively equal to the angles of another triangle, prove that
the ratio of the corresponding sides is the same as the ratio of the corresponding.
i) Medians
ii) Bisectors of angles (angle bisector segments)
iii) Altitudes
4) ABCD is a trapezium with AB || DC. If AC and BD intersect at E and AED is similar to BEC,
prove that AD = BC.
5) Through the vertex D of a parallelogram ABCD, a line is drawn to intersect the sides AB and CB
DA FB FC
=
=
.
produced at E and F respectively. Prove that
AE BE CD
BD DA
=
. Prove that ABC is a right triangle.
6) In ABC, AD BC. If
DA DC
7) Prove that three times the sum of the squares of the sides of a triangle is equal to four times the
sum of the squares of the medians of the triangle.
8) In adjoining figure, DE is parallel to BC. If
find AE.
AD
2
=
and AC = 18 cm,
DB
3
A
D
E
C
KP
4
P
=
and
9)
In the given figure, PQ is parallel to MN. If
Q
PM
13
M
N
KN = 20.4 cm, find KQ.
10) Prove that the area of a semicircle on the hypotenuse of a right angled triangle is equal to the
sum of the areas of semicircle on the other two sides.
A
11) A = B; AD = BE. Show that DE || AB.
C
B
12)
B
D
E
If the sides of a triangle are 3 cm, 4 cm and 6 cm long, determine

whether the triangle is a rightangled triangle.
a) In right triangle in the figure 1 if AB = BC = x cm, then find AC
A
b) In given figure 2, ABC is a right angled triangle in which AC is 8 m

more than AB. If BC is 7 m more than AB. Find the dimensions of ABC
if B = 90.
13) ABCD is a square. F is the midpoint of AB. BE is one third of BC. If the area of the FBE is 108
sq. cm, find the length of AC.
14) A man goes 10 m due east and then 24 m due north. Find his distance from the starting point.
15) M and N are points on sides AB and AC of ABC such that AM = 4 cm, MB = 8 cm, AN = 6 cm,
NC = 12 cm. Prove that BC = 3 MN.
16) A man goes 150 m due East and then 200 m due North. How far is he from the starting point?
A
B
x
17)
84
4x 4
2x 1
2x + 4
In trapezium ABCD, AB || CD.

Find the value of x (Refer the diagram).
C
Volume
85
P
18) PA, QB and RC are each perpendicular to AC.
1 1 1
Prove that + = (Refer the diagram)
x y z
D
1.5 cm
20) In figure, PQ || BC. Find QC.
1.3 cm
Q.20
3 cm
A
In a quadrilateral ABCD, CA = CD, B = 90,
AD2 = AB2 + BC2 + CA2. Prove that ACD= 90
19)
B
D
21) In figure, EDC ~ EBA, BEC = 115 and EDC = 70.

Find DEC, DCE, EAB, AEB and EBA.
R
115
A
22)
P
In figure, if P = RTS,
Prove that RPQ ~ RTS.
70
Q.22
OA OD
. Prove that A = C and B = D.
=
23) In figure,
OC OB
Q.23
24) Any point X inside DEF is joined to its vertices. From a point P in DX, PQ is drawn parallel to
DE meeting XE at Q and QR is drawn parallel to EF meeting XF in R. Prove that PR || DF.
P
25) In the given figure, ACB ~ APQ. If BC = 8 cm, PQ = 4 cm,

BA = 6.5 cm, AP = 2.8 cm, find CA and AQ.
26) The perimeters of two similar triangles ABC and PQR are respectively 36 cm and 24 cm.
If PQ = 10 cm, find AB.
27) A vertical stick 15 cm. long casts its shadow 10 cm long on the ground. At the same time, the
flagpole casts a shadow 60 cm. long. Find the height of the flagpole.
P
28) In the given figure, QA and PB are perpendicular to AB.

If AO = 10 cm, BO = 6 cm and PB = 9 cm. Find AQ.
D
29) 1.2 cm
B
Volume
O
B
In the given figure, ABC ~ DEF, AB = 1.2 cm and

DE = 1.4 cm. Find the ratio of areas of ABC and DEF.
1.4 cm
C
85
86
A
AO
BO
1
=
=
and AB = 5 cm.
OC
OD
2
Find the value of DC.
5 cm
30) In the given figure,
O
D
31)
In the given figure, PB and QA are perpendiculars to segment AB.

If PO = 5 cm, QO = 7 cm and area (POB) = 150 cm2,
C
find the area (QOA).
F
32) AB || DE, BD || EF. Prove that DC2 = CF AC.

C
D
33)
In figure below, ABC is a triangle, right angled at B. FG and DE are

each parallel to CB. Also AG = GE = EB. Find the combined lengths
of DE and FG if BC = 12cm.
A
G
E
B
34) ABC is a right triangle, right angled at C. If p is the length of the perpendicular from C to AB and
AB = c, BC = a and CA = b, then prove that, (i) pc = ab (ii)
1
1
1
=
+
p2 a2 b2
35) In trapezium ABCD, AB || DC and DC = 2AB.EF is drawn parallel to

BE
3
F
= . Diagonal DB intersects
AB cuts AD in F & BC in E such that
EC
4
D
FE at G. Prove 7FE = 10 AB.
36) L and M are the mid points of AB and BC resp. of ABC, right angled at B.
Prove that 4LC = AB + 4BC
A
E
37) In fig ABC is right angled at C and DE AB.

Prove that ABC ADE and hence find the
lengths of AE and DE.
38)
C
39) The areas of two similar triangles are 81 cm2,

49 cm2 respectively. If the attitude of bigger
triangle is 4.5 cm. Find the corresponding
attitude of the smaller triangle.
B
A
D
40)
B
86
3 cm
[CBSE09]
2 cm
12 cm
In figure, M is midpoint of side CD of a parallelogram ABCD. The line

BM is drawn intersecting AC at L and AD produced at E.
Prove that EL = 2 BL.
[CBSE09]
B
A
81
49
In figure, if ABE ACD, prove that ADE ~ ABC.

C
Volume
87
C
41) In figure, BD AC and CE AB. Prove that
i) AEC ~ ADB
CA CE
ii)
=
AB DB
D
A
F
B
E
Q.41
42) E is a point on side AD produced of a parallelogram ABCD and BE intersects CD at F. Prove

that ABE ~ CFB.
A
F
43)
In figure, E is a point on side CB produced of an isosceles ABC

with AB = AC. If AD BC and EF AC, prove that ABD ~ ECF.
C
D
Q.43
44) ABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC and D is a point on AC such that BC2 = AC CD.
Prove that BD = BC.
A
E
45) ABC is a right triangle with ABC = 90, BD AC,

DM BC and DN AB. Prove that
ii) DN2 = DM AN
i) DM2 = DN MC
C
M
Q.45
46) ABC is an isosceles triangle with AC = BC. If AB2 = 2AC2, prove that ABC is a right triangle.
47) In PQR, QM PR and PR2 PQ2 = QR2. Prove that QM2 = PM MR.
C
B
48) In ABC, A = 90. If AD BC,

prove that AB2 + CD2 = BD2 + AC2.
D
B
Q.48
49) Let ABC be a triangle and D and E be two points on side AB such that AD = BE. If DP || BC and
EQ || AC, then prove that PQ || AB.
A
50) In figure, P is the midpoint of BC and Q is the midpoint of AP.

1
If BQ when produced meets AC at R, prove that RA = CA.
3
R
S
C
P
Q.50
51) D is the mid point of side BC at a ABC. AD is bisected at the point E and BE produced cuts AC
at the point X. Prove that BE: EX = 3: 1.
[CBSE, 1987]
52) The diagonal BD of a parallelogram ABCD intersects the segment AE at point F, where E is any
[CBSE, 94]
point on the side BC. Prove that DF EF = FB FA.
Volume
87
88
53) Two poles of height a and b metres (b > a) are c metres apart. Prove that the height in metres of
ab
.
the intersection of the lines joining the top of each pole to the foot of the opposite pole is
a+b
A
54) A triangle has sides 5 cm, 12 cm and 13 cm. Find the length,
12cm
5cm
to 1 decimal place of the from the opposite vertex to the side
whose length is 13 cm.
B
C
13cm
55) D & E are points on the sides AB and AC respective of ABC. Such that DE || BC and
AD:DB = 4:5. CD & BE intersect at F. Find the ratio of the areas of DEF and BCF.
A
56) In the figure, FEC GDB and ADE = AED.

Prove that ADE ~ ABC.
G
B
57) In ABC, A is acute. BD and CE are on AC and AB respectively.

Prove that AB AE = AC AD.
C
A
58) BD BC, DE BA, AC BC. Prove that BDE ~ ABC.
[CBSE08]
59)
B
P, Q, R, S are the mid points of AB, BC, CD and AD respectively.

Prove that quadrilateral PQRS is a parallelogram.
A
90
G
60) In the following figure, DEFG is a square and BAC = 90.

Prove that DE2 = BD EC.
F
[CBSE09]
C
D
E
61) Equilateral triangles are drawn on the sides of a right triangle. Show that the area of the triangle
on the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the areas of triangles on the other two sides.
62) In ABC, B = 90. Points D and E divides the side BC in to three equal parts.
Prove that: 8 AE2 = 3 AC2 + 5 AD2
[CBSE09]
C
63) In figure, AD and BE are respectively perpendiculars to BC and AC.
E
D
Show that
i) ADC ~ BEC
ii) CA CE = CB CD
B
A
iii) ABC ~ DEC
Q.63
iv) CD AB = CA DE
64) Prove that sum of the squares of the diagonals of a parallelogram is equal to sum of the squares
of its sides.
65) In a triangle ABC, a line PQ is drawn parallel to AB. If AP = x 3, AC = 2y, BQ = x 2 and
BC = 2y + 3, then prove that 3x - 2y = 9.
88
Volume
89
66) The side BC of a ABC is bisected at D; O is any point in AD. BO and CO produced meet AC
and AB in E and F respectively and AD is produced to X so that D is the midpoint of OX. Prove
F
that AO : AX = AF : AB and show that FE || BC.
B
67) In figure, we have AB || CD || EF. If AB = 6 cm, CD = x cm,
10 cm
4 cm D
6 cm
EF = 10 cm, BD = 4 cm and DE = y cm,
y
cm
E
x cm
calculate the values of x and y.
A
E
C
Q.68
68) In each of the fig. given below, an altitude is drawn to the hypotenuse by a rightangled triangle.
The length of different linesegments are marked in each fig. Determine x, y, z in each case.
A
a) x
P
D
y
B
b) 6
5
z
S
x
y
z

CW Exercise:
1) A vertical stick 20 m long casts a shadow 10 m long on the ground. At the same time, a
tower casts a shadow 50 m long on the ground. The height of the tower is
a) 100 m
b) 120 m
c) 25 m
d) 200 m.
2) The areas of two similar triangles are in respectively 9 cm2 and 16 cm2. The ratio of their
corresponding sides is
a) 3:4
b) 4:3
c) 2:3
d) 4:5
3) ABC and BDE are two equilateral triangles such that D is the mid-point of BC. The ratio
of the areas of triangles ABC and BDE is
a) 2: 1
b) 1 : 2
c) 4: 1
d) 1: 4
4) If ABC and DEF are similar such that 2AB = DE and BC = 8 cm, then EF =
a) 16 cm
b) 12 cm
c) 8 cm
d) 4 cm.
5) ABC is such that AB = 3cm, BC = 2 cm and CA = 2.5 cm. If DEF ~ ABC and EF = 4 cm,
then perimeter of DEE is
a) 7.5 cm
b) 15 cm
c) 22.5cm
d) 30cm.
6) Two poles of height 6 m and 11 m stand vertically upright on a plane ground. If the
distance between their foot is 12 m, the distance between their tops is
a) 12m
b) 14m
c) 13m
d) 11 m
7) In ABC, D and E are points on side AB and AC respectively such that DE || BC and AD :
DB = 3:1. If EA = 3.3 cm, then AC =
a) 1.1 cm
b) 4cm
c) 4.4cm
d) 5.5cm
8) If ABC and DEF are similar triangles such that A = 47 and E = 83, then C =
a) 50
b) 60
c) 70
d) 80
9) In a ABC, A = 90, AB = 5 cm and AC = 12 cm. If AD BC, then AD =
13
60
13
cm
b)
cm
c)
cm
2
13
60
10) If ABC is an equilateral triangle such that AD BC, then AD2 =
3
a) DC2
b) 2DC2
c) 3CD2
2
a)
Volume
d)
2 15
cm
13
d) 4DC2
89
90
11) In a ABC, point D is on side AB and point E is on side AC, such that BCED is a
trapezium. If DE:BC = 3:5, then Area(ADE) : Area (BCED) =
a) 3:4
b) 9:16
c) 3:5
d) 9:25
12) In a ABC, AD is the bisector of BAC. If AB = 8cm, BD = 6cm and DC = 3cm. Find AC
a) 4cm
b) 6cm
c) 3cm
d) 8cm
13) If ABC is an isosceles triangle with AB = AC and D is a point on BC such that AD BC,
then
a) AB2 AD2 = BD.DC
b) AB2 AD2 = BD2 DC2
2
2
d) AB2 + AD2 = BD2 DC2
c) AB + AD = BD.DC
14) If ABC is a right triangle right-angled at B and M, N are the mid-points of AB and BC
respectively, then 4(AN2 + CM2) =
5
a) 4 AC2
b) 5 AC2
c) AC2
d) 6 AC2
4
15) In a right triangle ABC right-angled at B, if P and Q are points on the sides AB and BC
respectively, then
a) AQ2 + CP2 = 2(AC2 + PQ2)
b) 2(AQ2 + CP2) = AC2 + PQ2
1
c) AQ2 + CP2 = AC2 + PQ2
d) AQ + CP =
(AC + PQ).
2
HW Exercise:
1) Sides of two similar triangles are in the ratio 4:9. Areas of these triangles are in the ratio.
a) 2 : 3
b) 4: 9
c) 81 : 16
d) 16 : 81
2) The areas of two similar triangles ABC and DEF are 144 cm2 and 81 cm2 respectively. If
the longest side of larger ABC be 36 cm, then the longest side of the smaller triangle
DEF is
a) 20 cm
b) 26 cm
c) 27cm
d) 30cm
3) Two isosceles triangles have equal angles and their areas are in the ratio 16: 25. The ratio
of their corresponding heights is
a) 4:5
b) 5:4
c) 3:2
d) 5:7
AB BC CA 2
4) If ABC & DEF are two triangles such that
=
=
= , Area(ABC):Area(DEF) =
DE EF FD 5
a) 2 : 5
b) 4 : 25
c) 4: 15
d) 8: 125
5) XY is drawn parallel to the base BC of a ABC cutting AB at X and AC at Y. If AB = 4 BX
and YC = 2 cm, then AY =
a) 2 cm
b) 4 cm
c) 6cm
d) 8cm.
6) In ABC, a line XY parallel to BC cuts AB at X and AC at Y. If BY bisects XYC, then
a) BC = CY
b) BC = BY
c) BC CY
d) BC BY
7) In triangles ABC and DEF, A = E = 40, AB : ED = AC : EF and F = 65, then B =
a) 35
b) 65
c) 75
d) 85
8) If D, E, F are the mid-points of sides BC, CA and AB respectively of ABC, then the ratio
of the areas of triangles DEF and ABC is
a) 1: 4
b) 1 : 2
c) 2: 3
d) 4 : 5
9) In an equilateral triangle ABC, if AD BC, then
a) 2AB2 = 3AD2
b) 4AB2 = 3AD2
c) 3AB2 = 4AD2
d) 3AB2 = 2AD2
10) In a ABC, perpendicular AD from A on BC meets BC at D. If BD = 8cm, DC = 2 cm and
AD = 4cm, then
a) ABC is isosceles
b) ABC is equilateral
c) AC = 2 AB
d) ABC is right-angled at A.
90
Volume
91
11) In a ABC, AD is the bisector of BAC. If AB = 6cm, AC = 5cm and BD = 3cm, then DC =
a) 11.3 cm
b) 2.5 cm
c) 3:5cm
d) None of these.
12) ABCD is a trapezium such that BC || AD and AD = 4 cm. If the diagonals AC and BD
AO
DO
1
=
= , then BC =
intersect at O such that
OC
OB
2
a) 7cm
b) 8cm
c) 9cm
d) 6cm
BD
13) ABC is a right triangle right-angled at A and AD BC. Then,
=
DC
2
AB
AB
AB
AB
a)
b)
c)
d)
AC
AD
AC
AD
14) If E is a point on side CA of an equilateral triangle ABC such that BE CA, then AB2 + BC2
+ CA2 =
a) 2 BE2
b) 3 BE2
c) 4 BE2
d) 6 BE2

3) In triangle ABC, DE || BC and
column I.
Column I
2
AD
= . From column II choose correct option for each item in
DB
3
Column II
i)
ar ( ADE )
ar ( ABC )
A)
21
25
ii)
ar (Trap DECB )
ar ( ABC )
B)
4
21
iii)
ar ( ADE )
ar (Trap DECB )
C)
21
4
4
25
2) Given in column I are triangles with DE || BC in each. Using Basic Proportionality Theorem.
Choose correct option in column II for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i) AB = 2x,
A
AC = 2x + 3
DB = x 3 and
A) 11
E
D
EC = x 2
B
C
The value of x is
ii) AD = x,
A
DB = x 2
AE = x + 2 and
B) 3
D
E
EC = x 1
C
The value of x is B
iii) AD = x 2
A
AB = x
C) 4
AE = x 1 and
D
E
AC = x + 2
B
C
The value of x is
D)
Volume
91
92
iv) AD = 4 cm
BD = (x4) cm
AE = 8 cm and
D
EC = (3x 19)cm
The value of x is B
A
D) 9
E
C
E) 4
3) Given in column I are pairs of triangles. From column II choose correct option(s) for each item in
column I.
Column I
Column II
i)
A
P
60
40
80
B
ii)
60
40
80
A
2.7 cm
P
6 cm
3 cm
2.5 cm
5 cm
4 cm
C) PQR ~ ABC
R
3.1 cm
3.1 cm
60
5 cm
B
iv)
B) PQR ? ABC
6 cm
4 cm
2 cm
2 cm
P
3 cm
iii)
A) PQR ABC
4 cm
D) ABC ~ QRP
60
4 cm
4) Given in column I are formations of some figures. From column II choose correct option for each
item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i)
A
A) AB2 = AC2 + BC2 2BC . CD
B
ii)
A
B) AB2 + CD2 = AC2 + BD2
B
iii)
C
A
C) AD2 = BD . CD
B
92
C
D) AB2 = AC2 + BC2 + 2BC . CD
E) AC2 = AB2 + BC2 2BC . BD
Volume
93
ANSWERS TO UNSOLVED EXERCISE:

CW Exercise 6.1:
1) (i and ii) Similar
iii) Equilateral
iv) (a) Equal (b) proportional)
2) Yes
8) 9
CW Exercise 6.2:
1) 2.65 cm
9) AB=AC=12, BC = 40
HW Exercise 6.2:
1) (i) 2 cm (ii) 2.4 cm
2) (i) No (ii and iii) Yes 10) (i) x = 4 (ii) x = 1
CW Exercise 6.3:
1) (i) ABC ~ QRP SSS (ii and iii) No
2) 55, 55, 55
7) 1.6 m
HW Exercise 6.3:
1) 42 m
5) 8 cm
7) (i) ABC ~ QPR by AAA similarity (ii) No
2 2
2)
2
3) 1:4
10) (ii)
CW Exercise 6.4:
1) 11.2 cm
7)
25
81
8) a)
9
16
b)
3
4
6) c
9) 2.8 cm
HW Exercise 6.4:
1) 4:1
2) 6 cm
3) 169:25
4) 8.8 cm
5) 1:8
6) 3:4
9) d
4) 15 m
5) 13 m
13) 300 61 km
6) 13 m
7) 21 m
7) 2 5 cm
9) 4.8 m
13) 50.904 cm
14) 26 m
17) 2/5
20) 2.6 cm
21) 65,45,45,65,70
25) CA = 5.6 cm, AQ = 3.25 cm
26) 15 cm
27) 90 cm
28) 15 cm
29) 36/49
30) 10 cm
31) 294 cm2
33) 12 cm
37) CE = 2 5 cm
38) 3:4
39) 3.5 cm
54) 4.6 cm
55) 16:81
CW Exercise 6.5:
3) 250 m
HW Exercise 6.5:
2) 6 7 m
Miscellaneous:
8) 7.2 cm
16) 250 m
67) x = 15/4 cm or 3.75 cm, y = 20/3 cm or 6.67 cm

1) iD; iiA; iiiB
2) iD; iiE; iiiE; ivA
3) iC; iiB; iiiD
4) iBC; iiD; iiiAEB
Volume
93
94
Chapter 08: Introduction to Trigonometry

Chapter Map:
Introduction
Basic Ratios
Range of
Standard Angles
Table Method
Triangles Method
Basic Identities
Prove Identities
Verify if Identity
Solve for
Complementary Angles
Direct
Applications
Prove Identities
Find Value
Introduction:
What is Trigonometry?
The word trigonometry is derived from the Greek words tri means 3, gon means sides and
metron means measure. Trigonometry is the study of relationships between the sides and
angles of a triangle.
Use of learning trigonometry:

Trigonometry is used in astronomy, surveying geography, physics and navigation. The
captains of ships use trigonometry to calculate the distances from far off islands, sea shores,
cliffs and other ships in the ocean.
For learning trigonometry we should know the trigonometrical ratios.
Trigonometric Ratios:
Let us take a right triangle ABC as shown in Fig.
Note the position of the side BC with respect to angle A. It faces A.

We call it the side opposite to angle A. AC is the hypotenuse of the right
triangle and the side AB is a part of A.
So, we call it the side adjacent to angle A.
Hypotenuse
94
Side opposite
to A
Here, CAB (or, in brief, angle A) is an acute angle.
Side adjacent
to A
Volume
Chapter 08: Introduction of Trigonometry
95
Side adjacent
to C
C
Hypotenuse
Note: If we consider C then side AB faces C. Hence AB is the side

opposite to C and BC is the side adjacent to C. Remember the
hypotenuse remains unchanged.
Side Opposite
to C
You have studied the concept of ratio in your earlier classes.

We now define certain ratios involving the sides of a right triangle and call them trigonometric
ratios.
The trigonometric ratios of the angle A in right triangle ABC are defined as follows:
BC
side opp. to A
=
AC
hypotenuse
cosine of A =
tangent of A =
AB
side adj. to A
=
AC
hypotenuse
Hypotenuse
BC
side opp. to A
=
AB
side adj. to A
1
AC
hypotenuse
=
=
sin of A
BC
side opp. to A
cosecant of A =
secant of A =
C
Side opposite
to A
sine of A =
Side adjacent
to A
AC
1
hypotenuse
=
=
BC
co sin of A
side adj. to A
cotangent of A =
AB
1
side adj. to A
=
=
BC
tangent of A
side opp. to A
The ratios defined above are abbreviated as sin A, cos A, tan A, cosec A, sec A and cot A
respectively. Note that the ratios cosec A, sec A and cot A are respectively, the reciprocals of
the ratios sin A, cos A and tan A.
BC
Also, observe that tan A = AB =
BC
AC
AB
AC
sin A
cos A
cos
A
=
and cot A = sin A .
So, the trigonometric ratios of an acute angle in a right triangle express the relationship between
the angle and the length of its sides.
Remark : Note that the symbol sin A is used as an abbreviation for the sine of the angle A. sin A is
not the product of sin and A. sin separated from A has no meaning.
Similarly, cos A is not the product of cos and A. Similar interpretations follow for other trigonometric
ratios also.
Now, if we take a point P on the hypotenuse AC or a point Q on AC extended, of the right triangle
ABC and draw PM perpendicular to AB and QN perpendicular to
Q
AB extended
C
By AA similarity criterion. you will see that the triangles PAM and
CAB are similar.
P
Therefore, by the property of similar triangles, the corresponding
Hypotenuse
sides of the triangles are proportional.
So, we have
Volume
AM
AP
MP
=
=
AB
AC
BC
95
96
From this, we find
MP
BC
=
= sin A
AP
AC
AM
AB
MP
BC
=
= cos A,
=
= tan A and so on.
AP
AC
AM
AB
This shows that the trigonometric ratios of angle A in PAM do not differ from those of angle A in
CAB.
In the same way, we conclude that the value of sin A (and also of other trigonometric ratios)
remains the same in QAN also.
From our observations, it is now clear that the values of the trigonometric ratios of an angle do not
vary with the lengths of the sides of the triangle, if the angle remains the same.
Similarly,
Note: Since the hypotenuse is the longest side in a right triangle, the value of sin A or cos A is
always less than 1 (or, in particular, equal to 1).

4
, find the other trigonometric ratios of the angle A.
3
Sol: Let us first draw a right ABC
BC
4
Now, we know that tan A =
=
AB
3
if BC = 4k, then AB = 3k, where k is a positive number.
Now, by using the Pythagoras Theorem,
A
We have AC2 = AB2 + BC2 = (4k)2 + (3k)2 = 25k2
So, AC = 5k
Now, we can write all the trigonometric ratios using their definitions.
BC
4k
4
=
=
sin A =
AC
5k
5
BC
4k
4
AB
3k
3
=
=
and tan A =
=
=
cos A =
AB
3k
3
AC
5k
5
3
1
1
5
1
5
cot A =
=
cosec A =
=
and sec A =
= .
4
tan A
sin A
4
cos A
3
1) Given tan A =
2)
If tan =
Sol: tan =
sin =
7
and 0 < < 90 find all other trigonometric ratios of .
24
Thus sin =
cosec =
96
3k
7x
7
24
; cos =
25
25
24
1
25
, cot =
=
7
sin
7
4k
7
, AC = 25
24
cosec =
24x
24
7
24
; cos =
; cot =
;
25
25
7
25
25
; sec =
7
24
Volume
3)
If sec =
Sol: sec =
97
13 sin 5 tan + 1
13
find the value of
.
5
12(cot + cos ec)
13
=1
5
sec =
tan
12
= sin sin =
sec
13
1
13
5
12
=
, cos =
, tan =
cos
5
13
5
cosec =
13
5
, cot =
12
12
12 12
13 5 + 1
12 12 + 1 1
13 5
=
=
5
13
5 + 13
18

12 + 12
12
12
13 sin 5 tan + 1
=
12 cot + 12 cos ec

CW Exercise:
1) Complete the table given below with other trigonometric ratios of Angle from the given
trigonometric ratio:
sin
cos
tan
cot
sec
cosec
a)
4/5
b)
8/15
c)
10
2) Triangle PQR is a right angle triangle in which PQ = 3 cm and PR = 6 cm
P
If PRQ = then determine the values of
6 cm
3 cm
i) sin2 + cos2
2
2
ii) cot tan
Q
R
3) In a ABC, A + C = 90, AB = 5 cm and BC = 12 cm. Find out
i) sin A, sin C
ii) cos A, cos C
iii) tan A, tan C
4) If 9 cos 5 sin = 4 cos + 7 sin , find the value of tan .
5) If cos =
1
2 sec
Find the value of
2
1 + tan 2
6) If tan =
4
. Show that
3
1 sin
1
=
1 + sin 3
7) If 4 cot = 3 find the value of

4 cos ec + 5 sin + 1
2 sin 3 cos
ii)
5 cos 3 sec + 3 tan
2 sin + 3 cos
8) In a right angle triangle PQR, Q = 900 and PQ < QR. If PQ + QR = 17 and PR = 13 then find
out the values of sin P, cos P and tan P.
9) If tan = x/y, prove that:
i)
i)
x sin y cos
= (x2 y2) / (x2 + y2)
x sin + y cos
2
A
2
ii) (1 tan ) / (1 + tan ) = cos sin

10) In fig., AD = DB and B is a right angle. Determine:
i) sin
ii) cos
iii) tan
iv) sin2 + cos2
Volume
b
C
a
B
97
98
HW Exercise:
3
calculate cos A and tan A.
4
2) Given 15 cot A = 8, find sin A and sec A.
1) If sin A =
13
, calculate all other trigonometric ratios.
12
4) If cos A = 1 / 3, determine the value of sin A sec A + tan A cosec A.
5) The adjacent figure shows a right angle triangle PQR where
3) Given sec =
P
10 cm
6 cm
PQ = 6 cm and PR = 10 cm. If PRQ = , determine the value of

i) cot tan
R
ii) sin + cos2
6) If sin = x/y, prove that (cos + cot ) xy = x (y2 x2) + y (y2 x2)
7) If cos = 3 / 5, find the value of
8) If cot =
i)
4 tan 5 cos
.
sec + 4 cot
7
, evaluate :
8
(1 + sin )(1 sin )

(1 + cos )(1 cos )
9) If 3 cot A = 4, check whether
ii) cot2
1 tan 2 A
1 + tan 2 A
= cos2 A sin2 A or not.
10) In triangle ABC, right-angled at B, if tan A = 1/ 3 and tan c =
3 find the value of:
i) sin A cos C + cos A sin C

ii) cos A cos C sin A sin C
11) If cosec = 2, find the value of
1
sin
+
.
tan
1 + cos
12) In PQR, right-angled at Q, PR + QR = 25 cm and PQ = 5 cm. Determine the values of

sin P, cos P and tan P.
13) If A and B are acute angles such that cos A = cos B, then show that A = B.
14) State whether the following are true or false. Justify your answer.
i) The value of tan A is always less than 1.
12
for some value of angle A.
5
iii) cos A is the abbreviation used for the cosecant of angle A.
iv) cot A is the product of cot and A.
ii) sec A =
v) sin =
4
for some angle .
3
15) ABC is a right angled D is the midpoint of BC.

Show that
98
1
tan
= .
2
tan
Volume
99
Trigonometric Ratio of some specific angles:

Trigonometric Ratio of 0 and 90:
z
z
z
Let XAY = be an acute angle and let P be a point on its terminal side AY.
P
Draw perpendicular PM from P on AX.
In AMP, we have
PM
AM
PM
cos =
and tan =
X
A
AP
AP
AM
M
It is evident from AMP that as becomes smaller and smaller, line segment PM also
becomes smaller and smaller; and finally when become 0; the point P will coincide with
M.
Consequently, we have PM = 0 and AP = AM
sin =
sin 0 =
PM
0
AM AP
PM
0
=
= 0, cos 0 =
=
= 1 and, tan 0 =
=
=0
AP AP
AP AP
AP AP
Thus, we have sin 0 = 0, cos 0 = 1 and tan 0 = 0
From AMP, it is evident that as increase, line segment AM becomes smaller and
smaller and finally when becomes 90 the point M will coincide with A.
Consequently, we have AM = 0, AP = PM
sin 90 =
z
PM PM
AM
0
=
= 1 and cos 90 =
=
=0
AP PM
AP
AP
Thus, we have sin 90 = 1 and cos 90 = 0
Remark: It is evident from the above discussion that tan 90 =
PM PM
=
is not defined.
AM
0
Similarly, sec 90, cosec 0, cot 0 are not defined.
Trigonometric Rations of 30 and 60:

z
Consider an equilateral triangle ABC with each side of length 2a. Since each angle of an
equilateral triangle is of 60.
z
z
Therefore, each angle of ABC is of 60. Let AD be perpendicular from A on BC.

A
Since the triangle is equilateral.
Therefore, AD is the bisector of A and D is the midpoint of BC.
30
BD = DC = a and BAD = 30
z
z
Thus, in ABD, D is a right angle, hypotenuse AB = 2a and BD = a.

So by Pythagoras theorem, we have AB2 = AD2 + BD2
2
(2a) = AD + a
AD = 4a a
AD =
60
B
3a
Trigonometric ratios of 30:

z
In right triangle ADB, we have

Base = AD =
30 30
3a , Perpendicular = BD = a,
2a
Hypotenuse = AB = 2a and DAB = 30

B
Volume
2a
60
a
60
a
99
100
z
sin 30 =
AD
3a
3
BD
a
1
=
=
=
= , cos 30 =
AB 2a 2
AB
2a
2
tan 30 =
1
BD
a
1
, cosec 30 =
=2
=
=
sin 30
AD
3a
3
sec 30 =
1
2
=
cos 30
3
and cot 30 =
1
= 3
tan 30
Trigonometric ratios of 60:

z
In right triangle ADB, we have

Base = BD = a, Perpendicular = AD =
3a
Hypotenuse = AB = 2a and ABD = 60

z
BD
a
1
AD
3a
3
=
=
, cos 60 =
=
=
AB 2a 2
AB
2a
2
sin 60 =
3a
=
a
1
2
=
sin 60
3
tan 60 =
AD
=
BD
sec 60 =
1
1
1
= 2 and cot 60 =
=
cos 60
tan 60
3
3 , cosec 60 =
Trigonometric Ratios of 45:

z
Consider a right triangle ABC with right angle at B such that A = 45.
Then, A + B + C = 180
45 + 90 + C = 180
2a
C = 45
A = C
z
AB = BC
Let AB = BC = a. Then, by Pythagoras theorem, we have
AC2 = AB2 + BC2
45
a
45
a
B
AC2 = a2 + a2
AC2 = 2a2
AC =
z
2a
Thus, in ABC, we have

A = 45, Base = AB = a, Perpendicular = BC = a
and Hypotenuse = AC =
sin 45 =
100
2a
BC
a
1
AB
a
1
, cos 45 =
=
=
=
=
AC
AC
2a
2
2a
2
tan 45 =
BC a
1
= = 1 , cosec 45 =
= 2
AB a
sin 45
sec 45 =
1
1
1
= 2 and cot 45 =
= =1
cos 45
tan 45 1
Volume

z
101
Following table gives the value of various trigonometric rations of 0, 30, 45, 60 and 90
for ready reference.
T. ratios
30
45
60
90
sin
1
2
3
2
cos
3
2
1
2
1
2
tan
Not Defined
cosec
Not Defined
sec
cot
Not Defined
1
3
Not Defined
0
3
Certain angles like 0, 30, 45, 60 and 90 are considered standard angles and ratios of these
are expected to be memorised.
Shortcut way to remember the table:

No
1
Ratio / Operation
Write numbers from 0 to 4 in each column
0
0
Divide each number by 4
Take Square Root for each number (these

are the values for sin )
sin (copy the values from row 3)
1
2
cos (invert values from row 4)
3
2
tan (row 3 value row 4 value)
cot (invert values from row 6)
Not
defined
cosec (1 row 4 values)
Not
defined
sec (invert values from row 8)
sin
Volume
0
0
4
30
45
60
90
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
30
1
1
4
1
2
1
3
2
3
45
2
1
2
1
60
3
3
4
90
4
3
2
3
2
1
2
Not
defined
2
1
2
1
1
3
2
3
0
1
Not
defined
101
102
4
4
cos
3
4
2
4
1
4
0
4
Triangle Method:
Draw two triangles as shown below and with these values, all trigonometric ratios for all
standard angles can be easily computed.
30 60 90 Triangle
45 45 90 Triangle
A
60
45
1
30
45

1) Find the value of the following expressions.
i) cos 60 cos 45 sin 60 sin 45
tan 45
sec 60 2 sin 90
+
ii)
cos ec 30 cot 45
cos 0
Sol: i)
1
1
1
1 3
3
=
2
2
2
2
2 2
1
2
2 1
5
2
1
+
=
2
1
1
2
1
2
2) Find the value of:
ii)
i) sin 30 Using the formula sin =
1
1 cos 2
. Given that cos 60 =
2
2
ii) sin 15 Using the formula sin(A B) = sin A cos B cos A sin B.
1 cos 60
=
2
Sol: i) sin 30 =
1
2
1
2
1
1
=
4
2
ii) sin 15 sin (45 30) = sin 45 cos 30 cos 45 sin 30

=
3)
1
2
1
1
1( 3 1)
3
=
2
2
2
2 2
Verify sin (A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B for A = 60 and B = 30.
Sol: L.H.S. = sin (A + B) = sin (60 + 30) = sin 90 = 1
(1)
R.H.S. = sin A cos B + cos A sin B = sin 60 cos 30 + cos 60 sin 30

=
3
3 1 1 3 1
+ = + =1
2
2
2 2 4 4
From 1 and 2
4)
(2)
L.H.S. = R.H.S., hence verified
Find the value of sin 60 cos 30 cos 60 sin 30
Sol: Given expression = sin 60 cos 30 cos 60 sin 30
102
Volume
103
3
3 1 1 3 1 1
= = .
2
2
2 2 4 4 2

CW Exercise:
i) sin 45 cos 30 cos 45 sin 30
ii)
iii) 4tan230 + cosec260 cos245 cos20
iv)
v)
tan 45
sin 30 + cos 60
vi)
sin 30 tan 45 sin 60 cos 30

+
cos 45 sec 60 cot 45 sin 90

tan 2 60 + 4 cos 2 45 + 3 sec 2 30 + 5 cos 2 90
cos ec 30 + sec 60 cot 2 30
sin 60
cos 2 45
cot 30 + 15cos 90
2) Solve the following for when 00 < < 900

i) 2 sin 3 = 1
ii) 3 cot 2 3 = 0
iii) 3 cos2 - sin2 = 0
4
4
3) What must be subtracted from 4[sin 30 + cos 60] 2[cos2 45 sin2 60] to get zero?
4) If 0 < < 90, find the value of when
sec tan 2 3
=
.
sec + tan 2 + 3
5) Verify the following.

i) cos(A + B) = cos A cos B sin A sin B for A = 60 and B = 30
ii) sin(A B) = sin A cos B cos A sin B for A = 60 and B = 30
iii) tan(A B) (1 + tan A tan B) = tan A tan B for A = 60 and B = 30
iv) (sin 2A) (1 + tan2 A) = 2tan A for A = 45
v) (cos 2A) (1 + tan2 A) = 1 tan2 A for A = 30
6) Determine the value of required trigonometric ratio from the relation given below
i) sin 15 from sin(A B) = sin A cos B cos A sin B
ii) cos 75 from cos(A + B) = cos A cos B sin A sin B
7) If is an acute angle and tan + cot = 2, find the value of tan7 + cot7 .
8) For x > y, find the acute angles x and y if sin (x + 2y) = 3/2 and cos (x + 4y) = 0.
9) In ABC, right-angled at B, AB = 5 cm and ACB = 30 (Fig.).
Determine the lengths of the sides BC and AC.
10) In PQR, right-angled at Q (Fig.), PQ = 3 cm and PR = 6 cm.
Determine QPR and PRQ.
11)
12)
13)
14)
A
5 cm
30
C
6 cm
3 cm
Q
R
1
1
If sin(AB) = , cos(A+B) = , 0 < A + B 90, A > B, find A and B.
2
2
Find the value of x in each of the following:
ii) cos x = cos 60 cos 30 + sin 60 sin 30
i) tan 3x = sin 45 cos 45 + sin 30
iii) sin 2x = sin 60 cos 30 cos 60 sin 30
In a rectangle ABCD, AB = 20 cm, BAC = 60.Calculate side BC.
A rhombus of side 20 cm has two angles of 60 each. Find the length of the diagonals.
Volume
103
104
15) If each of , and is a positive acute angle such that sin ( + ) =
1
1
, cos ( + ) =
2
2
and tan ( + ) =1, find the values of , and .

HW Exercise:
i) cos 45 cos 30 + sin 45 sin 30
ii) cos 45 cos 60 sin 45 sin 60
iii) sec2 30 + cosec2 30 cos2 45+3cos2 60 iv) sin 60 cos 30 + sin 30 cos 60
cos 45
vi)
v) 2 tan2 45 + cos2 30 sin2 60
sec 30 + cosec 30
vii)
sin 30 + tan 45 cosec 60

sec 30 + cos 60 + cot 45
2) Evaluate:
5 cos2 60 + 4 sec 2 30 tan2 45
sin2 30 + cos 2 30
3) Verify the following.
i) For A = 30, verify that: cos 2A = 2cos2A 1 = 1 2sin2A
ii) If A = 30, verify that sin2A =
2 tan A
1 + tan 2 A
4) Find the value of unknown k in the following expressions.
i) cos2 45 + tan2 60 = 3(sin2 45 - tan2 30) + k
ii) cos 45 sin 45 + sin 300 = tan 3k
5) If sin + cosec = 2, prove that (sin )m + (cosec )m = 2 for all integral values of m.
6) If sin = cos , solve the equations for x and y: x cot2 + y = 5 and x sin2 y cos2 = 1/2.
7) Evaluate tan 15 from the relation tan(A B) (1 + tan A tan B) = tan A tan B.
1
; 0 < A + B 90; A > B, find A and B.
8) If tan (A + B) = 3 and tan (A B) =
3
9) Choose the correct option and justify your choice:
i)
2 tan 30
1 + tan 2 30
a) sin 60
b) cos 60
2
1 tan 45
ii)
=
1 + tan2 45
a) tan 90
b) 1
iii) sin 2A = 2 sin A is true when A =
a) 0
b) 30
iv)
2 tan 30
1 tan 2 30
c) tan 60
d) sin 30
c) sin 45
d) 0
c) 45
d) 60
a) cos 60
b) sin 60
c) tan 60
10) Solve each of the following equations when 0 < < 90.
1
1
i) 2 cos = 1
ii) 2 cos2 =
iii) 2 sin2 =
2
2
cos sin
1 3
=
.
11) Find an acute angle , when
cos + sin
1+ 3
d) sin 30
iv) 3 tan2 1 = 0
12) The altitude AD of a ABC, in which A obtuse and AD = 10 cm. If BD = 10 cm and CD = 10 3

cm, determine A.
13) An equilateral triangle is inscribed in a circle of radius 6 cm. Find its side.
104
Volume
105
14) In an acute angled triangle ABC, if tan (A + B C) = 1 and sec (B + C A) = 2, find the value of
A, B and C.
15) Given that tan( + ) =
tan + tan
where and are acute angles.
1 tan tan
Calculate + when tan = and tan = 1/3.
Complementary Angles:
Definition:
z
z
If the sum of two angles is equal to 90, the angles are said to be complementary angles.
In a right triangle, the two acute angles are complementary angles.
Theorem:
z
If is an acute angle, then prove that

sin (90 ) = cos ,
cos(90 ) = sin ,
tan (90 ) = cot ,
cot(90 ) = tan ,
sec (90 ) = cosec and cosec (90 ) = sec
Proof:
z
Consider a right triangle OPM, right angled at M as shown in fig.

Let MOP = , then OPM = (90 )
For the reference angle , we have
sin =
OP
OM
OM
PM
OP
PM
, cos =
, tan =
, cosec =
, cot =
and sec =
(i)
OP
OP
OM
PM
PM
OM
For the reference angle (90 ), we have

Base = PM, Perpendicular = OM and Hypotenuse = OP
y
P
PM
OM
sin(90 ) =
, cos(90 ) =
,
OP
OP
tan (90 ) =
OM
OP
, cosec (90 ) =
,
PM
OM
OP
PM
and cot(90 ) =
sec(90 ) =
PM
OM
Q
O
(ii)
y
From (i) and (ii), we obtain,

sin (90 ) = cos ,
cos(90 ) = sin ,
tan (90 ) = cot ,
cot(90 ) = tan ,
sec(90 ) = cosec and cosec (90 ) = sec
Trigonometric Inter-relationships:
The complementary angles have a special property that inter - relates their trigonometry ratios
as follows:
Volume
sin = cos (90 )
cos = sin (90 )
tan = cot (90 )

105
106
z
cot = tan (90 )
cosec = sec (90 )
sec = cosec (90 )

1)
Sol:
2)
Without using trigonometric tables evaluate,
cos 53
.
sin 37
cos 53
cos(90 37) sin 37
=
=1
=
sin 37
sin 37
sin 37
Prove the following identities without using the tables.
i) sin 43 cos 47 + cos 43 sin 47 = 1
Sol: L.H.S. = sin 43cos 47 + cos 43sin 47

= sin 43cos(90 43) + cos 43sin(90 43) = sin243+ cos243 = 1 = R H S
2
ii)
2 tan 53 cot 80
2
4 sin 30 = 0
cot 37 tan 10
2
Sol: L.H.S. =
2 tan 53 cot 80
4 sin2 30
cot 37 tan 10
2
=
iii)
2 cot 37 tan 10
1
4 = 2 1 1 = 0 = R.H.S
cot 37 tan 10
2
sin
cos
= sec( 90 ) cos ec (90 )
+
sin( 90 ) cos( 90 )
Sol: L.H.S. =
sin
cos
sin cos sin2 + cos2
+
=
+
=
sin(90 ) cos(90 ) cos sin
sin cos
1
1
1
=
= cos ec sec = sec(90 ) cos ec (90 ) = R.H.S.

sin cos sin cos

CW Exercise:
1) Express the following in terms of trigonometric ratios of angles between 0 and 45
ii) cot 85 + cos 75
i) tan 68 + sec 69
2) Evaluate the following:
i) 2 +
iii)
1 sin 49
4 cos 41
ii)
sin 30 sin 40 sin 50 sin 60

cos 30 cos 40 cos 50 cos 60
sec 70
sin59
+
cos ec 20 cos31
tan 53 cot80
vii) 2
cot 37 tan10
2 cos 67 tan40
sin 90
ix)
sin 23 cot50
v)
106
sin 40 1 tan 35

cos 50 2 cot 55
iv) sec 50 sin 40 + cos 40 cosec 50

cot 54 tan20
+
-2
tan 36 cot70
cos 80
viii)
+ cos59cosec31
sin10
vi)
Volume
cos 58

3) Evaluate the following: 2
sin 32
107
cos 38 cos ec 52
3
tan 15 tan 60 tan 75
2 cos 67 tan 40
cos 0 + tan 15.tan25.tan60.tan65.tan75.

sin 23
cot 50
5) What must be subtracted from the expression given below such that its value becomes zero
cot 54
+ sin 20 sec 70
tan 7 tan 23 tan 60 tan 67 tan 83 +
tan 36
6) Evaluate the following:
i) cosec (65 + ) sec (25 ) tan (55 ) + cot (35 + )
tan( 90 )
sec( 90 ) cos( 90 ) tan
+
ii)
cot
cos ec ( 90 ) cot( 90 ) sin( 90 )
4) Evaluate
7) Prove the following identities without using the tables.

i) sec 70sin 20 cos 20cosec 70 = 0
ii) sin(60 + ) = cos (30 )
iii) tan1 tan2 tan3 tan87 tan88 tan89 = 1 iv) tan 10 tan 15 tan 75 tan 80 = 1
v) tan 7 tan 23 tan 60 tan 67 tan 83 =
8) Prove that:
i) cot 1 cot 2 cot 3 cot 89 = 1
ii) sin 1 cos 1 sin 2 cos 2 sin 3 cos 3 sin 180 cos 180 = 0
9) Prove that
1
1
= 2 tan cosec(90 )
1 + cos( 90 ) 1 cos( 90 )
10) If sin 3A = cos (A 26), where 3A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
11) If sec 4A = cosec (A 20), where 4A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
A
C
B +C
A+B
12) Prove that tan
tan
where A, B, C are interior angles of a ABC.
cot
= cot
2
2
2
2
HW Exercise:
1) Without using trigonometric tables evaluate the following.
i)
sin10 cos ec19

+
cos 80
sec 71
ii) 2
iii) tan(55 ) cot(35 + )

sin 49 cos 41
v)
+
cos 41 sin 49
cot 40 1 cos 35

tan 50 2 sin 55
iv)
vi) sec 70sin 20 cos 20cosec 70
vii) cos(70 + ) sin(20 )

2
1 tan 79
5 cot 11
viii)
sin 47 cos43
ix)
+
2cos45
cos 43 sin47
x)
2 sin 43 cot30
- 2 sin 45
cos 47 tan60
sin 50 cos ec 40
+
4cos 50cosec 40
cos 40 sec 50
tan 50
sec 50
+
+ cos 40 cosec 50
cot 40
cos ec 40
2) Prove the following identities.
i) sin(90 ) cos + cos(90 ) sin = 1
xi)
Volume
107
108
ii) sec(90 ) cosec tan (90 ) cot = 1

sin( 90 )
cos( 90 )
iii)
+
=1
cos ec ( 90 ) sec( 90 )
iv)
sin
cos
= sec(90 ) cosec(90 )
+
sin( 90 ) cos( 90 )
v) sec(90 ) cosec(90 ) = sec2 cot = sec2(90 ) cot(90 )

vi)
1 + cos 60
4 tan2 30
=
1 cos 60 (1 tan2 30)2
vii)
10
3
4
cot 2 30 + 3 sin2 60 2 cos ec 2 60 tan 2 30 =
3
4
3
2
sin 47 cos 43
viii)
+
4 cos 2 45 = 0
cos 43 sin 47
3) Express sin 67 + cos 75 in terms of trigonometric ratios of angles between 0 and 45.
4) i) If sin + cos =
2 cos(90 ). Find cot .
ii) Determine value of x such that 2cosec 30 + x sin 60
3
tan 30 = 10
4
iii) Verify sin 60 = 2cos 30sin 30.

iv) If tan 11A = cot 7A. Find the value of sin2 6A + sec2 9A
v) If sin + cos =
2 sin (90 ), determine cot
2 sin2 A + 3 cot 2 A
4 tan2 A cos 2 A
5) If tan 2A = cot (A 18), where 2A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
6) If tan A = cot B, prove that A + B = 90.
11 sin 70 4
cos 53 cos ec 37
7) Evaluate the value of the expression:
7 cos 20 7 tan 15 tan 35 tan 55 tan 75
vi) If cosec A =
2 , find the value of,
8) Find the value of x satisfying the equations given below:

i) x = sin 1 cos 1 sin 2 cos 2 sin 3 cos 3 sin 180 cos 180
3
ii) 2cosec2 30 + x sin2 60 tan2 30 = 10
4
A
B +C
9) If A, B and C are interior angles of a triangle ABC, then show that sin
= cos .
2
2
Trigonometric Identities:
An equation involving trigonometric ratios of an angle is called a trigonometric identity, if it is true
for all values of the angle(s) involved. Following are the identifies:
A
sin2 A + cos2 A = 1
2
2
1 + tan A = sec A
1 + cot2 A = cosec2 A for all values of A
In ABC, right-angled at B (Fig.)
we have: sin A =
108
AB
AB
AC
; cos A =
; sec A =
;
AC
AB
AC
Volume
109
BC
AC
AB
; cot A =
; cosec A =
AB
BC
BC
tan A =
By Pythagoras theorem we have, AB2 + BC2 = AC2 (1)

Dividing each term of (1) by AC2, we get
2
AB
BC
AC
i.e.
+
=
AC
AC
AC
AB
BC 2
AB
AC 2
AB
AC
BC 2
AC
AC 2
AC 2
i.e. (cos A)2 + (sin A)2 = 1
i.e. cos2 A + sin2 A = 1

Let us now divide (1) by AB2. We get
AB 2
AB2
sin2 A + cos2 A + = 1
2
AB
BC
AC
or
+
=
AB
AB
AB
(2)
i.e. 1 + tan2 A = sec2 A (3)
Well, tan A and sec A are not defined for A = 90. So, (3) is true for all A such that 0 A < 90.
Let us see what we get on dividing (1) by BC2. We get
AB2
BC
BC 2
BC
AC 2
BC
AB BC AC
i.e.
+
=
BC BC BC
i.e. cot2 A + 1 = cosec2 A
1 + cot A = cosec2 A
(4)
Note that cosec A and cot A are not defined for A = 0.
Therefore (4) is true for all A such that 0 < A 90.
Identical expressions of:

sin2 A + cos2 A = 1 are
2
2
z 1 + tan A = sec A are
2
2
z 1 + cot A = cosec A are
Using these identities, we can
ratios. i.e., if any one of the
trigonometric ratios.
z
1 sin2 A = cos2 A
and 1 cos2 A = sin2 A
sec2 A tan2 A = 1
and sec2 A 1 = tan2 A
cosec2 A cot2 A = 1
and cosec2 A 1 = cot2 A
express each trigonometric ratio in terms of other trigonometric
ratios is known, we can also determine the values of other

1)
Prove the following identities,

1 cos
sin
=
i)
sin
1 + cos
Sol: L.H.S. =
=
1 cos
1 cos 1 + cos
=
[Multiplying numerator and denominator by (1+cos )]
sin
sin
1 + cos
1 cos2
sin2
=
sin (1 + cos ) sin (1 + cos )
sin
=RHS
[By the identity sin2 = 1 cos2]
1 + cos
ii) cos4 cos2 = sin4 sin2
Sol: L.H.S. = cos4 cos2 = cos2 (cos2 1)
[Using cos2 = 1 sin2]
= (1 sin2) (1 sin2 1)
= (1 sin2) (sin2) = sin2 + sin4
= sin4 sin2 = R.H.S.
Volume
109
110
iii)
1
= sec + tan
sec tan
(sec tan )
(sec tan )
Sol: R.H.S. = sec + tan = (sec + tan )
[Multiplying numerator and denominator by (sec tan )]

=
2)
sec tan 2
= sec + tan = L.H.S.
sec tan
Determine whether the following equations are identities.

i)
sin
tan
+
= sec cosec + cot
1 cos 1 + cos
Sol: Consider
sin
tan
sin + sin cos + tan tan cos
+
=
1 cos 1 + cos
1 cos 2
sin + sin cos + tan sin

=
=
sin2
=
sin cos +
sin2
sin
cos
sin cos 2 + sin sin cos 2

sin
=
+
sin 2 cos
sin 2 cos sin 2 cos
cos
1
+
= cosec sec + cot
sin sin cos
LHS = RHS
So it is an identify
ii)
1 tan 1 cot
=
1 + tan 1 + cot
1
1
1 cot
tan
= tan 1 = (1 tan )
=
Sol: Consider
1 + cot 1 + 1
tan + 1
1 + tan
tan
1 tan
1 tan 1 cot
if
=
=0
1 + tan 1 + cot 1 + tan
i.e. if and only if tan = 1

2
= 45
Hence this is not an identity.
iii) cot + cos = sin

Sol: The variable can take any value in the range
0 < 90 as cot is not defined for = 0
Now
cos 2
+ cos = sin 2
sin 2
cos 2 + sin 2 cos

= sin 2
sin 2
For = 90 LHS of (II) = 0 and RHS = 1
(II)
i.e. RHS LHS. Hence it is not an identity.
cos
cos
+
= 4.
1 sin 1 + sin
3)
Solve the equation,
Sol:
cos
cos
=4
+
1 sin 1 + sin
cos (1 + sin ) + cos (1 sin ) = 4 (1 sin2 )

cos + cos sin + cos cos sin = 4cos2
2 cos = 4cos2 2 cos2 cos = 0 or cos (2 cos 1) = 0
110
Volume
cos = 0 or cos =
111
= 90 or 60

CW Exercise:
1) Write all the other trigonometric ratios of A in terms of sec A
2) Prove the following identities
i) (1 + tan2) (1 sin ) (1 + sin ) = 1
ii)
iii) (1 + cot cosec ) (1 + tan + sec) = 2
iv) (cosec cot )2 =
v) sin6 + cos6 = 1 3 sin2 cos2

tan + sec 1
1 + sin
=
tan sec + 1
cos
1
1
+
=1
ix)
2
1 + tan
1 + cot 2
3) Find the value of
vii)
i) cot + cosec ; if cos =

iii) sin2 cos2 , if
3
5
sec 2 1cos ec 2 = tan + cot
1 + sin
cos
+
= 2sec
cos
1 + sin
sin
1 + cos
viii)
+
= 2cosec
1 + cos
sin
vi)
ii)
cos ec 2 sec 2
2
when tan =
2
2
cos ec + sec
5
3 tan = 1
iv) cos( + ); and are acute angles if tan = 1 and sin =

2
4) Evaluate,
1 cos
1 + cos
1
2
sin 63 + sin 27
cos 2 17 + cos2 73
5) If sec + tan = m, sec tan = n than P:T
mn = 1
1
1
6) If sec = x +
P:T sec + tan = 2x or
4x
2x
7) Prove the following identities.
i) (sin + cosec )2 + (cos + sec )2 = 7 + tan2 + cot2
1
1
1
1
ii)
sec x tan x cos x cos x sec x + tan x

cos
cos
= n then (m2 + n2) cos2 = n2
iii) If
= m and
cos
sin
iv) x = r cos sin ; y = r cos cos and z = r sin then x2 + y2 + z2 = r2

v) If tan + sin = m and tan sin = n. Show that m2 n2 = 4 mn
tan
cot
+
= 1 + sec cosec
1 cot
1 tan
8) If x = a cos b sin , y = a sin + b cos then prove that x2 + y2 = a2 + b2
9) If sin + cos = m, sec + cosec = n, prove that n(m2 1) = 2m
HW Exercise:
1) Express the trigonometric ratios sin A sec A and tan A in terms of cot A
2) Prove the identities
vi)
Volume
111
112
sin + cos
sin cos
2
2
+
=
=
2
2
sin cos
sin + cos
sin cos
2 sin2 1
ii) sin4 + cos4 = 1 2 sin2 cos2
cos ec + cot
iii)
= 1 + 2 cosec cot + 2cot2
cos ec cot
iv) sec2 + cosec2 = sec2 cosec2
i)
(1+ tan )cot

2
v)
cos ec 2
= tan
cos 2 A
1
+ 1 tan2 A =
vi)
2
2
sin
A
cos
A
vii)
1 + sin
= sec + tan
1 sin
viii) tan4 + tan2 = sec4 sec2

3) Find the value of
4 sin 2 cos
3
i)
if tan =
4 sin + 3 cos
4
b
iii) sin2 A, a, b R if tan A =
a
ii) sin2 cos2 if
3 tan = 3 sin
1) If the ratio of the cosine of an angle to its sine is 8:15 find all the trigonometric ratios of that angle
i) 4(sin4 30 + cos4 60) 3(cos2 45 sin2 90)
ii) (cosec2 45 sec2 30) (sin2 30 + 4cot2 45 sec2 60)
3
iii) cot2 30 2cos2 60 sec2 45 4sec2 30
4
1
iv) cosec2 30 + sec2 30 tan2 45 sin2 90
2
1
v) cos2 30cos2 45 + 4cos2 60 + cos2 90 2tan2 60
2
4 sin 2 cos
3
i)
, if tan =
ii) sin cos , if 3 tan = 3 sin
4 sin + 3 cos
4
b
iii) sin A, given that tan A =
a
4) a) If (tan + cot ) = 2 find the value of sec2 + cosec2
b) If x = a sin A cos B, y = a sin A sin B, z = a cos A prove that x2 + y2 + z2 = a2
5) Verify the following:
i) cos (A B) = cos A cos B + sin A sin B for A = 60 B = 30
ii) sin(A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B for A = B = 45
iii) sin(A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B for A = B = 30
6) Prove the following identities:
112
Volume
i) (1 + sin ) (1 sin ) =
1
2
sec
iii) tan2 + cot2 + 2 = sec2 cosec2

1
1
+
= 2 sec2
1 sin 1 + sin
cos + sin
= 1 + cot
vii)
sin
v)
tan 2
ix) sec + 1 = sec 1
xi)
sin4 cos 4
2
113
ii)
tan A
tan A
+
= 2 cosec A
sec A 1 sec A + 1
iv)
1+ cos 2 A
= 2 cosec2 A 1
2
sin A
vi)
tan
cot
+
= 1 + tan + cot
1 cot
1 tan
viii) (cosec + cot ) (1 cos ) = sin
x)
cos 2 + tan2 1
= tan2
sin2
xii) tan2 + cot2 = cosec2 . sec2 2
=1
sin cos
xiii) (sin8 cos8 ) = (sin2 cos2 ) (1 2sin2 cos2 )
1 + cos + sin
1 + sin
xiv)
=
xv) (sin cos )2 = 1 2sin cos
1 + cos sin
cos
xvi) sin4 cos4 = (sin2 cos2) = 2sin2 1 = 1 2cos2
2
1 + cos A
1 + cos A
xvii)
=
1 cos A
sin A
xix)
(tan + sin )
(tan sin )
xviii)
sin 2 sin3
= tan
2 cos3 cos
(sec + 1)
(sec 1)
xx) (cosec sin ) (sec cos ) (tan + cot ) = 1

1 + sin
2 tan
xxi)
= 1+
+ 2 tan 2
1 sin
cos
xxii)
xxiii)
tan 3
cot 3
+
= cosec sec 2 sin cos
2
1 + tan
1 + cot 2
tan2
cos ec 2
1
+
=
tan2 1 sec 2 cos ec 2 sin2 cos 2
sec 2 sin2
tan 3 1
= cosec2 cos2
xxv)
= sec2 + tan
2
tan 1
tan
(cos ec cot )(cos ec + cot )
xxvi) (tan2 ) (1 sin ) (1 + sin ) =
1 + cot 2
xxvii) If cosec sin = m and sec cos = n then show that (m2n)2/3 + (mn2)2/3 = 1
xxiv)
xxviii) If sin A + cos A = a and tan A + cot A = b. Prove that

xxix) If cos + sec =
1
a2 1
=
b
2
3 , prove cos3 + sec3 = 0
xxx) If sin + cos = p and sec + cosec = q then q (p2 1) = 2p.

1
2 tan
i) tan 60 using the formula tan 2 =
; given that tan 30 =
.
2
3
1 tan
ii) sin 75 using the formula sin(A + B) = sin A cos B + cos A sin B]
8) Solve the following equations
Volume
113
114
sin
sin
+
=4
ii) 3cos = 2sin2
iii) sec2 2tan = 0
1 cos 1 + cos
9) Without using trigonometric tables evaluate the following.
tan 20 2 tan 53
cot 80
cos 70 cos 59
i)
+ 1
ii)
+
8 sin2 30
cot 70 cot 37
tan 10
sin 20 sin 31
2
3 tan 25. tan 40. tan 50. tan 65 1 tan2 60
sin 35 cos 55
2
+
iv)
iii)
2 cos 60
cos 55 sin 35
4(cos2 29 + cos2 61)
i)
tan 20
cot 20
+
v)
ec
cos
70
sec 70
sin2 20 + sin2 70
cos(90 ) cos sin(90 ) sin
=
+
2
2
cot
tan
cos 20 + cos 70
cos 70
cos 55 cos ec 35
+
vii)
sin 20 tan 5 tan 25 tan 45 tan 65 tan 85
vi)
tan 20
sin11
viii)
+
cos
79
cot 70
ix)
cos 81 cos 14
cot 54
+
2
sin 9
sin 76
tan 36
1
cosec2 30
xii) sin2 82 + sin2 8
2
x)
xiv)
cot 40 1 cos 35

tan 50 2 sin 55
cos 75 sin12 cos 18

+
sin15 cos 78 sin 72

tan 35 cot 78
xiii)
+
1
cot 55 tan 12
xi)
xv) tan 5 $ tan 25 $ tan 30 $ tan 65 $ tan 85.
xvi) cos(40 + ) sin(50 ) +

2
sin 2 49
cos 2 41
+
2
cos 41
sin 2 49
cos2 40 + cos2 50
sin2 40 + sin2 50
3 sin 62
sec 42
sin 27 cos 63
xvii)
xviii)
+
cos 28 cos ec 48
cos 63 sin 27
10) Solve the following:
i) If tan = 1, prove that 2 sin cos = 1.
10 cos 7 sin
ii) If 5 cos = 7 sin , find the value of
10 cos + 7 sin
3
iii) Find the value of 2 cosec2 30 + sin2 60
tan2 30
4
iv) If A and B are acute angles and sin A = cos B, prove that A + B = 90.
3
v) cot2 30 + tan2 60 sin2 45 + cosec2 30
4
2
2
vi) cosec 60 + sec 60 cot2 60 + tan2 30
11) i) Verify: For A = 30, verify that: cos 3A = 4cos3 A 3cos A
ii) Prove the identities, (sin + sec(90))2 + (cos + cosec(90))2 = 7 + tan2 + tan2(90)
12) Prove the following identities, where the angles involved are acute angles for which the
expressions are defined.
i)
114
cos A
1 + sin A
+
= 2 sec A
1 + sin A
cos A
iii)
1+ sec A
sin 2 A
=
sec A
1 cos A
Volume
iv)
115
cos A sin A + 1
= cosec A + cot A, using the identity cosec2 A = 1 + cot2 A.
cos A + sin A 1
sin 2 sin3
= tan
2 cos3 cos
13) a) Solve the following:
v)
i) Solve for cosec2 cot (1 +

ii) If
3) + 3 1 = 0
cos 2
= 3. Find the value of .
cot cos 2
2
b) Prove the following identities

i) (sin2 63 + sin2 27) + (cos2 73 sin2 17) = 1
ii) (sec(90 ) sin ) (cosec(90 ) cos ) (cot(90 ) + cot ) = 1
iii) cos (81 ) = sin (9 + )
v)
tan (90 A )cot A

2
cos ec A
iv) sin sin (90 ) cos cos (90 ) = 0
cos2 A = 0
vi) sin (50+) cos (40) + tan 1 tan 10 tan 20 tan 70 tan 80 tan 89 = 1
vii)
cos (90 )
cos
=2
+
sin
sin (90 )
viii)
cos 20
cos
=2
+
sin 70 sin (90 )
14) Determine whether the following equations are identities.

1
1
= 2cot cosec
ii) sin2 + sin = 1
i)
+
sec 1 sec + 1
iii) cot4 + cot6 = cot3 cosec2
15) Solve the following equation
1
i) sin cos = 0
ii) 2sin2 =
2
iv) 3tan 5cosec + cot = 0
iii) tan2 + cot2 = 2
tan A + sec A 1 1 + sin A
16) Prove that,
=
tan A sec A + 1
cos A
b
cos + sin
, find the value of
a
cos sin
18) If (sec A + tan A)(sec B + tan B)(sec B + tan C) = (sec A tan A)(sec B tan B) (sec C tan C).
Prove that each side equal to 1.
i) If 7 sin2 +3 cos2 =4, find the value of tan
19) Simplify:
ii) If cot =
sin 3 + cos 3
+ sin cos
sin + cos
[CBSE 09]
20) Find the value of sin 30 geometrically.

21) Without using trigonometric tables, evaluate:
cos 58
sin 22
cos 38 cos ec 52
+
sin 32
cos 68
tan 18. tan 35 tan 60 tan 72 tan 55
15
(2 + 2 sin )(1 sin ) .
, then evaluate
22) If cot =
8
(1 + cos )(2 2 cos )
[CBSE 09]
23) Find the value of tan 60, geometrically.
[CBSE 09]
Volume
[CBSE 09]
[CBSE 09]
115
116
24) Evaluate:
2
2
5
cosec2 58 cot 58 tan 32 tan 13 tan 37 tan 45 tan 53 tan77.[CBSE 09]
3
3
3
25) Prove that sec2

26)
27)
28)
29)
30)
31)
32)
sin2 2 sin4
=1
2 cos4 cos2
Without using the trigonometric tables, evaluate the following:
11 sin 70
4
cos 53 cos ec 37
7 cos 20
7 tan 15 tan 35 tan 55 tan 75
cot A cos A
cos ecA 1
=
Prove that:
cot A + cos A
cos ecA + 1
Without using trigonometric tables, evaluate the following:
sin18
+ 3 [tan 10 tan 30 tan 40 tan 50 tan 80]
cos 72
(cos2 25 + cos2 65) + cosec sec(90 ) cot . tan (90 )
1
If 7 sin2 + 3 cos2 = 4, show that tan =
3
Prove that: (1 + cot A + tan A) (sin A cos A) = sin A tan A cot A cos A.
cos 58
2

sin 32
[CBSE 09]
[CBSE 08]
[CBSE 08]
[CBSE 08]
[CBSE 08]
[CBSE 08]
[CBSE 08]
cos 38 cos ec 52
3
tan 15 tan 60 tan 75
[CBSE 08]
33) If sec 2A = cosec (A 42), where 2A is an acute angle, find the value of A.
34) If cos + sin =
2 cos S.T cos sin =
[CBSE 08]
2 sin

CW Exercise:
3
sin tan 1
, then
=
5
2 tan2
16
1
3
160
a)
b)
c)
d)
625
36
160
3
5 sin 4 cos
is
2) If 5 tan 4 = 0, then the value of
5 sin + 4 cos
5
5
1
a)
b)
c) 0
d)
3
6
6
(1 + sin )(1 sin )
8
is
3) If is an acute angle such that tan2 0 = , then the value of
7
(1 + cos )(1 cos )
1) If is an acute angle such that cos =
a)
7
8
4) The value of
a)
1
2
b)
8
7
cos3 20 cos3 70
sin3 70 sin3 20
1
b)
2
c)
7
4
d)
64
49
is
c) 1
d) 2
5) If angles A, B, C of a ABC form an increasing AP, then sin B =

116
Volume
a)
1
2
117
3
2
b)
c) 1
d)
6) The value of tan 1 tan 2 tan 3 tan 89 is

a) 1
b) 1
c) 0
d) None of these
7) If and 245 are acute angles such that sin = cos (2 45), then tan is equal to
1
d)
a) 1
b) 1
c) 3
3
8)
1 tan2 45
1 + tan2 45
a) tan 90
is equal to
c) sin 45
b) 1
d) sin 0
B+C
9) If A, B and C are interior angles of a triangle ABC, then sin
=
2
A
A
A
b) cos
c) sin
2
2
2
sec4 A sec2 A is equal to
b) tan4 A tan2 A
c) tan4 A + tan2 A
a) tan2 A tan4 A
If x = a cos and y = b sin , then b2x2 + a2y2 =
b) ab
c) a4 b4
a) a2 b2
2
2
The value of sin 29 + sin 61 is
a) 1
b) 0
c) 2 sin2 29
2
2
4
If sin + sin = 1, then cos + cos =
a) 1
b) 1
c) 0
(1 + tan + sec ) (1 + cot cosec ) =
a) 0
b) 2
c) 1
d) cos
a) sin
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
A
2
d) tan2 A + tan4 A
d) a2 + b2
d) 2cos2 61
d) None of these
d) 1
15)
1 + tan A
is equal to
1 + cot 2 A
a) sec2 A
b) 1
c) cot2 A
d) tan2 A
HW Exercise:
1) If tan =
a)
a
a sin + b cos
, then
is equal to
a sin b cos
b
a2 + b2
b)
a2 b2
2) If 16 cot x = 12, then

a)
1
7
a2 b2
a2 + b2
sin x cos x
equals
sin x + cos x
3
b)
7
3) If 3 cos = 5 sin , then the value of

a)
Volume
271
979
b)
316
2937
c)
a+b
ab
d)
c)
2
7
d) 0
5 sin 2 sec 3 + 2 cos

5 sin + 2 sec 3 2 cos
c)
ab
a+b
is
542
2937
d) None of these
117
118
4) If
x cos ec 2 30 sec2 45
8 cos2 45 sin2 60
a) 1
= tan2 60 tan2 30, then x =
b) 1
c) 2
d) 0
2
tan cos ec 2
5) If is an acute angle such that sec2 = 3, then the value of
tan2 + cos ec 2
4
3
2
b)
c)
7
7
7
6) The value of cos 1 cos 2 cos 3 cos 180 is
a) 1
b) 0
c) 1
d)
a)
1
7
d) None of these
7) If 5 and 4 are acute angles satisfying sin 5 = cos 4, then 2 sin 3

to
a) 1
b) 0
8) sin 2A = 2 sin A is true when A =

a) 0
b) 30
3 tan 3 is equal
c) 1
d) 1 +
c) 45
d) 60
c) sec2 + tan2
d) sec2 tan2
1 + sin
is equal to
1 sin
9)
a) sec + tan
sin
10)
is equal to
1 + cos
1 + cos
a)
sin
b) sec tan
b)
1 cos
cos
c)
1 cos
sin
d)
11) 2(sin6 + cos6 ) 3(sin4 + cos4 ) is equal to

a) 0
b) b
c) 1
12) If x = r sin cos , y = r sin sin and z = r cos , then
a) x2 + y2 + z2 = r2
b) x2 + y2 z2 = r2
c) x2 y2 + z2 = r2
13) If x = a sec cos , y = b sec sin and z = c tan , then
a)
z2
b) 1
z2
c2
c2
14) (sec A + tan A) (1 sin A) =
a) sec A
b) sin A
118
is
c)
z2
c2
x2
a
1 sin
cos
d) None of these
d) z2 + y2 x2 = r2
y2
b2
c) cosec A
=
d) 1 +
z2
c2
d) cos A
Volume
119

1) Given in column I are some right angled triangles. For each item in Column I, choose correct
option(s) in column II.
Column I
Column II
i)
C
AB
A)
sin C =
AC
B
A
ii)
A
BC
B)
cos A =
AC
B
C
B
iii)
CA
C)
tan B =
AB
A
C
iv)
B
BC
D)
cot C =
AB
C
A
AB
E)
BC
2) From column II choose correct option(s) for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i)
2sin 2 =
ii) 2cos 3 =
iii)
3 then =
A) 12
3 then =
B) 30
3 tan 5 3 = 0 then =
C) 45
D) 20
3) It is given that < (A + B) 90 and A > B. For the value of A and B, choose correct option from
column II for each item in column I.
Column I
Column II
i)
sin (A B) =
ii) tan (A + B) =
1
1
, cos (A + B) =
2
2
3 , tan (A B) =
iii) sin (A + B) = 1, cos (A B) =
3
2
A) A = 45, B = 30
1
3
B) A = 60, B = 30
C) A = 45, B = 15
D) A = 30, B = 15
Volume
119
120
4) Choose correct option in column II for each item in column I.

Column I
Column II
i) sin x = cos 60 cos 30 sin 60 sin 30, then x =
A) 45
ii) cot 3x = sin 45 cos 45 + sin 30, then x =
B) 60
iii) cos 2x = sin 60 cos 30 cos 60 sin 30, then x =
C) 0
iv) tan 2x =
2 sin 30 cos 30
cos 2 30 cos 2 60
, then x =
D) 15
E) 30
5) For each item in column I choose correct option in column II.
Column I
i) sin 3A = cos (A 26) where 3A is acute angle, then A =
ii) tan 2A = cot (A 18) where 2A is acute angle, then A = 0
iii) sec 4A = cosec (A 20) where 4A is acute angle, then A = 0
iv) cot 4A = tan (A 20) where 4A is acute angle, then A = 0
Column I
Column II
i) If sin A + sin B + sin C = 3, then
A) mA = 90
B) sin B > sin C
ii) In ABC, B = 90, then
C) sin2 A + sin2 C = 1
iii) In ABC, B > C > A
Column II
A) 22
B) 29
C) 27
D) 36
D) B = C
E) cosec B + cosec C > 2
Column I
Column II
i) cos 3 cos 6 cos 9 cos 90 =
A) 45
2
2
B) 0
ii) If sec = cosec , =
iii) cot 3 cot 6 cot 90 =
C) 180 3
D) sin2 20 cosec2 20 + sin2 70 + tan2 70
E) 90
Column I
Column II
i) Maximum value of sin A + cos A is
A) 2
ii) Minimum value of cosec A + sec B is
B) 2
C) 0
D) 3
E) 1
iii) In a right triangle, sin2 A + sin2 B + sin2 C =
ANSWERS TO UNSOLVED EXERCISES:

CW Exercise 8.1:
1) a)
15 8 15 17 17
3 3 4 5 5
, , , ,
(b)
,
,
,
,
(c)
5 4 3 4 3
8 15
17 17 8
2) i) 1 (ii)
4) 5/12
120
544
225
1
10
3
10
1
, 3,
3
10
3
3) i) 12/13, 5/13 (ii) 5/13, 12/13 (iii) 12/5, 5/12

5) 1
7) i) 5 (ii) 1/17
8) 12/13, 5/13, 12/5

Volume
10) i)
4 b 3a
(ii)
2 b2 a2
2
4b 3a
(iii)
121
a
2
2 b a2
(iv) 1
HW Exercise 8.1:
1)
7 3
,
4
7
2)
5) i) 7/12 (ii) 31/25
15 17
,
17 8
7) 1/2
10) i) 1 (ii) 0
11) 2
3)
5 12 5 12 13
, , , ,
13 13 12 5 5
49
49
ii)
64
64
12 5 12
, ,
12)
13 13 5
8) i)
4) 3 + 22
9) yes
14) i)F ii)T iii)F iv)F v) F
CW Exercise 8.2:
1) i)
3 1
2 2
(ii)
7
2 + 1 2 3
(iii)
(iv) 9 (v) 1 (vi) 0
6
2
2) i) 10 (ii) 15 (iii) 60
3 1
3 1
3) 1
4) 60
6) i)
8) X = 30, Y = 15
9) 5 3 cm, 10 cm
10) 60, 30
13) 20 3
14) 20 cm and 20 3 cm
12) (i) 15 (ii) 30 (iii) 15
2 2
(ii)
2 2
7) 2
11) 45, 15
15) = 37, = 45, = 52

HW Exercise 8.2:
1) (i)
3 +1
2 2
(ii)
1 3
2 2
(iii)
73
67
3 2 6
43 24 3
(iv) 1 (v) 2 (vi)
(vii)
2)
12
12
8
11
1+ 3
4) i) 3 (ii) 15
6) x = 2, y = 3
9) (i) a (ii) d (iii) a (iv) c
10) (i) 60 (ii) 60 (iii) 30 (iv) 30
12) 105
13) 6 3 cm
7)
1+ 3
8) 45, 15
11) 60
14) A = 60, B = 52, C = 67
15) 45
CW Exercise 8.3:
1) i) cot 22 + cosec 21 (ii) tan 5 + sin 15
2) (i)
9
1
(ii) 0 (iii)
(iv) 2 (v) 2 (vi) 2 (vii) 0 (viii) 1 (ix) 2 (x) 0
4
2
3) 1
4)
5) 2 +
10) 29
11) 22
HW Exercise 8.3:
9
1
1) (i) 2 (ii)
(iii) 0 (iv)
(v) 2 (vi) 0 (vii) 0 (viii) 0 (ix) 1 (x) 2 (xi) 2
5
2
9
8
4) (i) 2 1 (ii) 3 (iv)
(v) 2 + 1 (vi)
5) 36
4
7
8) i) x = 0 (ii) x = 3
9) 2
CW Exercise 8.4:
1) sin A=
Volume
6) i) 0 (ii) 2
3) cos 23 + sin 15
7) 1
1
1
sec A
sec A 1
cos A =
tan A= sec 2 A 1 cot A =
cosec A=
2
sec A
sec A
sec A 1
sec 2 A 1
121
122
2) i) 1 (ii) 1
3) c
7) (i, ii) No (iii) yes
HW Exercise 8.4:
1) 1
2) 1
6) (i, ii) Yes (iii) No
Miscellaneous Exercise:
8
15
15
8
17
17
, tan =
, sin =
, cos =
, cosec =
, sec =
1) cot =
15
8
17
17
15
8
2) (i) 2 (ii)
7) (i)
2
13
23
37
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
3
3
6
8
3 +1
3 (ii)
3) (i)
b2
1
1
(ii)
(iii) 2
6
3
a + b2
4) 4
8) (i) 30 (ii) 60 (iii) 45
2 2
3
1
(v) 1 (vi) 2 (vii) 2 (viii) 2 (ix) 2 (x) 0 (xi) 1 (xii) 1 (xiii) 1 (xiv) (xv)
8
3
1
17
77
16
(iv)
(v)
(xvi) 1 (xvii) 2 (xviii) 2
10) (ii) (iii)
3
2
8
3
14) (i) Yes (ii, iii) No
13) (a) (i) = 45 or = 30 (ii) = 60
9) (i) 1 (ii) 0 (iii) 1 (iv)
15) (i) 45 (ii) 30 (iii) 45 (iv) 60

26) 1
34)
28) 2
1
1 + cot 2 A
29) 2
32) 1
1
3
(ii)
b+a
ba
33) 44
1 + cot A
1
,
cot A
cot A

1) iAE, iiBAC, iiiC, ivDE
3) iC, iiC, iiiB
5) iB, iiD, iiiA, ivA
7) iBD, iiAC, iiiBD
122
17) (i)
2) iB, iiD, iiiA

4) iC, iiD, iiiE, ivE
6) iAD, iiCE, iiiBE
8) iB, iiA, iiiA
Volume
Chapter 14: Statistics
123

Chapter Map:
Data
Ungrouped
Grouped
Mean
Direct
Assumed
Step Deviation
Mode
Median
Graphical Representation of cumulative frequency distribution
Calculation of Central tendencies for grouped data

14.1 Mean of grouped data:
Mean of observations is the sum of observations divided by the total number of observations.
14.1A To find mean by Direct Method:

z
z
If x1, x2,.., xn are observations with respective frequencies f1, f2,

fn, then this means
observation x1 occurs f1 times, x2 occurs f2 times, and so on.
Now, the sum of the values of all the observations = f1 x1 + f2 x2 + + fnxn, and the
number of observations = f1 + f2 + . + fn.
f1x1 + f2 x2 + .... + fn xn
f1 + f2 + ... + fn
So, the mean = x =
Recall that we can write this in short form by using the Greek letter (capital sigma) which
n
means summation. That is, x =
fi xi
i =1
n
fi
i =1
, it is understood that i varies from 1 to n.
Which, more briefly, is written as x =
In most of our real life situations, data is usually so large that to make a meaningful study it
needs to be condensed as grouped data. So, we need to convert given ungrouped data into
grouped data and devise some method to find its mean.
Now, for each classinterval, we require a point which would serve as the representative of
the whole class. It is assumed that the frequency of each classinterval is centred around
its midpoint. So, the midpoint (or class mark) of each class can be chosen to represent
Volume
fi xi
fi
123
124
the observations falling in the class. Recall that we find the midpoint of the class (or its
class mark) by finding the average of its upper and lower limits. That is,
Upper class lim it + Lower Class lim it
2
These class marks serve as our xis. Now, in general, for the ith class interval, we have the
frequency fi corresponding to the class mark xi.
Class mark =

1) The marks obtained by 30 students of Class X of a certain school in a Mathematics paper
consisting of 100 marks are presented in table below. Find the mean of the marks
obtained by the students.
Marks obtained(xi)
Number of students (fi)
10
1
20
1
36
3
40
4
50
3
56
2
60
4
70
4
72
1
80
1
88
2
92
3
95
1
Sol: Recall that to find the mean marks, we require the product of each xi with
The corresponding frequency fi. So, let us put them in a column as shown in Table.
Number of
Marks
fixi
students (fi)
obtained (xi)
10
1
10
20
1
20
36
3
108
40
4
160
50
3
150
56
2
112
60
4
240
70
4
280
72
1
72
80
1
80
88
2
176
92
3
276
95
3
276
95
1
95
Total
fi = 30
fixi = 1779
fi xi
1779
=
= 59.3
Therefore, the mean marks obtained is 59.3.
x =
fi
30
2) Calculate the mean daily earning of a drug store for the above data and find the value of
fi(xi x ). Daily earnings of 30 drug stores are given below
Daily earnings
No. of stores
0 50
3
50 100
7
100 150
4
150 200
5
200 250
4
250 300
3
300 350
2
350 400
2
Total
30
124
Volume
125
Sol:
Sr.
1
Daily Earnings
0 50
Mid value (xI)

25
Frequency (fi)
3
25 3 = 75
50 100
75
75 7 = 525
100 150
125
125 4 = 500
150 200
175
175 5 = 875
200 250
225
225 4 = 900
250 300
275
275 3 = 825
300 350
325
325 2 = 650
350 400
375
375 2 = 750
fi = 30
fixi = 5100
xi f i
fi x i
Mean = x = i = 1
fi
5100
= 170
30
Mean daily earning of a drug store = Rs.170.

fi (xi x ) = {3 (25 170) + 7(75 170) + 4(125 170) + 5(175 170) + 4(225 170)
+ 3 (275 170) + 2(325 170) + 2(375 170)}
= 435 665 180 + 25 + 220 + 315 + 310 + 410
= 1280 + 1280 = 0
fi(xi x ) = 0
3) If the mean of the following data is 13.5 find p.
5
10
20
25
x
p
10
10
10
2
8
f
Sol:
Sr. No.
fi
xi
1
5
10
2
10
10
3
10
p
4
20
2
5
25
8
Total
fi = 40
[CBSE 1992]
xifi
5 10 = 50
10 10= 100
p 10= 10p
20 2 = 40
25 8 = 200
fixi = 10p + 390
Mean x =
fi x i
i =1
fi
13.5 =
10 p + 390
40
13.5 40 = 10p + 390

540 390 = 10p
150 = 10p
150
= 15.0 = 15
p=
10
Volume
125
126

CW Exercise:
1) The following table gives the literacy rate in percentage) of 35 cities. Find the mean literacy rate.
45 55
55 65
6575
7585
8595
Literacy rate (in %)
3
10
11
8
3
Number of cities
2) Find the mean of the following distribution.
3)
4)
5)
6)
Weekly wage in (Rs.) 12.5017.50 17.5022.50 22.5027.50 27.5032.50 32.5037.50

2
22
19
14
3
Number of workers
The following distribution shows the daily pocket allowance of children of a locality. The mean
pocket allowance is Rs.18. Find the missing frequency f.
11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 19 21 21 23 23 25
Daily pocket
allowance (in Rs.)
7
6
9
13
5
4
Number of children
f
Find the mean of the following distributions:
[CBSE 1992]
030
3060
6090
90120
120150 150180
Class interval
7
6
9
13
10
5
Number of children
If the mean of the following data is 21, find the value p.
10
15
20
25
35
x
6
10
10
8
p
f
Find the missing frequencies in the following frequency distribution if it is known that the mean of
the distributions is 1.46.
0
1
2
3
4
5
Total
No. of accident (x)
46
?
?
25
10
5
200
Frequency (f)
HW Exercise:
1) A survey was conducted by a group of students as a part of their environment awareness
programme, in which they collected the following data regarding the number of plants in 20
houses in a locality. Find the mean number of plants per house.
02
24
46
68
8 10
10 12 12 14
Number of plants
1
2
1
5
6
2
3
Number of houses
2) If the mean of the following data is 25, find the value k.
[CBSE 2001 OD]
5
15
25
35
45
x
3
k
3
6
2
f
3) If the mean of the following data is 21.5, find the value k.
[CBSE 2001]
5
15
25
35
45
x
6
4
3
2
k
f
4) The table below gives the distribution of villages under different heights from sea level in a
certain region. Compute the mean height of the region.
200
600
1000
1400
1800
2200
Heights (in metres)
142
265
560
271
89
16
No. of villages
5) Determine the mean of the following distribution.
1016 1622 2228 2834 3460
Group
1
10
5
3
6
Frequency
126
Volume
127
6) Calculate the mean of the following distribution.

05
510
1015 1520 2025 2530 3035 3540 Total
Cl. interval
5
8
15
21
25
15
8
6
103
Frequency
7) Find the missing frequencies in the following frequency distribution if it is known that the mean of
the distribution is 50.
10
30
50
70
90
Total
x
17
32
f2
19
120
f1
f
To find mean by Assumed mean method:

Sometimes when the numerical values of xi and fi are large, finding the product of xi and fi
becomes tedious and time consuming. So, for such situations, let us think of a method of
reducing these calculations.
The first step is to choose one among the xis as the assumed mean, and denote it by a. Also,
to further reduce our calculation work, we may take a to be that xi which lies in the centre of
x1, x2, xn.
The next step is to find the difference di between a and each of the xis, that is, the deviation of
a from each of the xis. i.e. di = xi a.
The third step is to find the product of di with the corresponding fi and take the sum of all the
f d
fidis the mean of the deviations, d = i i .
fi
Mean of deviation, d =
Note: d =
fi ( x i a )
fi
So x = a + d
fi d i
.
fi
fi x i fi a
fi
fi
i.e. x = a +
x a
fi
= xa
fi
fi d i
fi
To determine mean by step deviation method:

Determine the class size (h the common multiple of di = xi a, where a is the assumed mean)
x a
Calculate ui for each class interval i.e. ui = i
h
fi ui
Calculate fiui, then u =
fi
f u
Now x = a + h u . i.e. x = a + h i i
fi
We note that:
1) The step-deviation method will be convenient to apply if all the dis have a common factor.
2) The mean obtained by all the three methods is the same.
3) The assumed mean method and step-deviation method are just simplified forms of the direct
method.
4) The formula x = a + h u still holds if a and h are not as given above, but are any non-zero
x a
numbers such that ui = i
.
h
Volume
127
128

1) Find the mean by assumed mean method
10-25
25-40
40-55
55-70
70-85
85-100
Class interval
2
3
7
6
6
6
No. of students
Sol:
Class interval
No. of students (fi) Class mark (xi) di = xi 47.5
fidi
10-25
2
17.5
30
60
25-40
3
32.5
15
45
40-55
7
47.5
0
0
55-70
6
62.5
15
90
70-85
6
77.5
30
180
85-100
6
92.5
45
270
Total
fi = 30
fidi = 435
Substituting the values of a, fidi and fi from Table we get
435
= 47.5 + 14.5 = 62.
x = 47.5 +
30
Therefore, the mean of the marks obtained by the students is 62.
2) The table below gives the percentage distribution of female teachers in the primary
schools of rural areas of various states and union territories (U.T.) of India. Find the mean
percentage of female teachers by all the three methods discussed in this section.
1525 2535 3545 4555 5565 6575 7585
% of female teacher
6
11
7
4
4
2
1
Number of States/ U.T.
Sol: Find the class marks, xi, of each class, and put them in a column
x 50
Take a = 50, h = 10, then di = xi 50 and ui = i
10
% of female
teacher
No. of states/
U.T (fi)
xi
di = xi 50
ui =
x i 50
10
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
fixi
15 256
20
30
120
25 33
11
30
20
330
35 45
7
40
10
280
45 55
4
50
0
200
55 65
4
60
10
240
65 75
2
70
20
140
75 85
1
80
30
80
Total
35
1390
From the table above, we obtain fi = 35, fixi = 1390. fidi = 360, fiui = 36
fi x i 1390
=
= 39.71
Using the direct method, x =
fi
35
Using the assumed mean method, x = a +
fidi
fiui
180
220
70
0
40
40
30
360
18
22
7
0
4
4
3
36
( 360 ) = 39.71
fi d i
= 50 +
fi
35
f u
Using the stepdeviation method, x = a + i i
fi
36
h = 50 +
10 = 39.71
35
Therefore, mean percentage of female teachers in the primary schools of rural areas is 39.71.
128
Volume
129
3) The distribution below shows the number of wickets taken by bowlers in one-day cricket
matches. Find the mean number of wickets by choosing a suitable method. What does the
mean signify?
2060
60100
100150
150250
250350
350450
No. of wickets
7
5
16
12
2
3
No. of bowlers
Sol: The class size varies and the xis are large apply the step deviation method with a =200 & h = 20
No. of wickets
taken
No. of bowlers (fi)
xi
di = xi 200
7
5
16
12
2
3
45
40
80
125
200
300
400
160
120
75
0
100
200
20 60
60 100
100 150
150 250
250 350
350 450
Total
di
20
8
6
3.75
0
5
10
ui =
fi ui
56
30
60
0
10
30
106
fi u i 106
106
=
. Therefore, x = a + h u = x = 200 + 20
= 200 47.11 = 152.89.
f i
45
45
i.e. on an average the number of wickets taken by these 45 bowlers in oneday cricket is 152.89
4) The frequency distribution of the lifetimes of 400 T.V. picture tubes tested in a Tube
Company is given below. Find the average life time of a tube.
Lifetime (in hours)
No. of tubes
300399
14
400499
46
500599
58
600699
76
700799
68
800899
62
900999
48
10001099
22
11001199
6
Total
400
Sol:
So, u =
C.I.
xi
fi
300399
349.5
14
400 499
449.5
46
500 599
549.5
58
600699
649.5
76
700799
a = 749.5
68
800899
849.5
62
900999
949.5
48
10001099 1049.5
22
11001199 1149.5
6
Total
fi = 400
Let the assumed mean a = 749.5
Volume
di = xi a
ui =
400
300
200
100
0
100
200
300
400
4
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
xi a
h
fiui
56
138
116
76
0
62
96
66
24
fiui = 138
Here h = 100
129
130
We know that, u =
f i u i
=
f i
138
400
138
100 = 749.5 34.5 = 715.
400
x = a + h = 749.5 +
Hence, mean = 715 hours.

CW Exercise:
1) The following is the frequency distribution of the number of teachers in Higher Secondary
School, in 1978 in India. Find the average number of teachers per Higher Secondary School in
India for 1978 by using step deviation method.
No. of teachers
No. of H.S. School
6 10
955
11 15
1067
16 20
1663
21 25
1492
26 30
1220
31 35
1129
36 40
745
41 45
637
46 50
442
2) Consider the following distribution of daily wages of 50 workers of a factory.
100120
120140
140160
160180
180200
Daily wages (in Rs.)
12
14
8
6
10
Number of workers
Find the mean daily wages of the workers of the factory by using assumed mean method.
3) Thirty women were examined in a hospital by a doctor and the number of heart beats per minute
were recorded and summarized as follows. Find the mean heart beats per minute for these
women, by step deviation method.
6568
6871
7174
7477
7780
8083
8386
No. of heart beats
per minute
Number of women
4) In a retail market, fruit vendors were selling mangoes kept in packing boxes. These boxes
contained varying number of mangoes. The following was the distribution of mangoes according
to the number of boxes.
No. of mangoes
No. of boxes
5052
5355
5658
5961
6264
15
110
135
115
25
Find the mean number of mangoes kept in a packing box. Which method of finding the mean did
you choose?
5) The table below shows the daily expenditure of food of 25 households in a locality.
Daily expenditure (in Rs.)
No. of households
100150
150200
200250
250300
300350
12
Find the mean daily expenditure on food by a suitable method.
130
Volume
131
6) To find out the concentration of SO2 in the air (in parts per million i.e. ppm), the data was
collected for 30 localities in a certain city and is presented below:
Concentration of SO2(in ppm)
Frequency
0.00 0.04
4
0.04 0.08
9
0.08 0.12
9
0.12 0.16
2
0.16 0.20
4
0.20 0.24
2
Find the mean concentration of SO2 in the air
7) A class teacher has the following absentee record of 40 students of a class for the whole term.
Find the mean number of days a student was absent.
06
610
1014
1420
2028
2838
3840
No. of days
11
10
7
4
4
3
1
No. of students
8) If the mean of the following data is 12, find the value p.
4
8
P
16
20
x
5
3
12
5
4
f
HW Exercise:
1) Find the missing frequency k from the following data if the AM is 16.
5
10
15
20
25
x
2
8
10
5
k
y
2) Find the mean by step deviation method
10 20
20 30
30 40
40 50
50 60
60 70
Variety
12
15
16
19
12
6
Frequency
3) The frequency distribution of the life times of 400 TV picture tubes tested in a Tube company is
given below. Find the average lifetime of a tube.
Life time
Tubes
300-399
14
400-499
46
500-599
58
600-699
76
700-799
68
800-899
62
900-999
48
1000-1099
22
1100-1199
6
4) The following table shows the marks of 120 students at ICSE examination in Maths. Calculate
the mean mark by assumed mean method.
30 39 40 49 50 59 60 69
70 79
80 89 90 99
Marks %
1
3
11
21
43
32
9
Students
5) Use the short cut method to calculate the mean of the following data. (step deviation method)
0-20
20-40
40-60
60-80
80-100
100-120
Class interval
12
18
23
17
9
11
Frequency
6) The ages of workers in a company are as follows. Calculate the average age of the group.
Age (in years)
No of workers
0-10
2
10-20
6
20-30
9
30-40
7
40-50
4
50-60
2
Volume
131
132
7) Find the mean marks of students from the following cumulative frequency table:
Marks
No. of students
0 and above
80
10 and above
77
20 and above
72
30 and above
65
40 and above
55
50 and above
43
60 and above
28
70 and above
16
80 and above
10
90 and above
8
100 and above
0
8) The following table shows marks secured by 140 students in an examination:
010
1020
2030
3040
4050
Marks
20
24
40
36
20
No. of students
Calculate mean marks by using all the three methods, i.e. direct method, assumed mean method
and step deviation method.
14.2 Mode of grouped data:

Definition:
Mode is that value among the observations which occurs most often i.e. the value of the
observation having the maximum frequency.
In a grouped frequency distribution, it is not possible to determine the mode by looking at
the frequencies. Here, we can only locate a class with the maximum frequency, called the
modal class. The mode is the value inside the modal class.
f1 f0
In a grouped frequency mode = l +
2f1 f0 f2
Where
l = lower limit of the modal class;
h = Size of the class interval (assuming all class sizes to be equal)
f1 = frequency of the modal class
f0 = frequency of the class preceding the modal class
f2 = frequency of the class succeeding the modal class.

1) A survey conducted on 20 households in a locality by a group of students resulted in the
following frequency table for the number of family members in a household:
13
35
57
79
9 11
Family size
7
8
2
2
1
No. of families
Find the mode of this data.
Sol: Here the maximum class frequency is 8, and the class corresponding to this frequency is 3 5.
So, the modal class is 3 5.
Now, Modal class = 3 5, lower limit (l) of modal class = 3, class size (h) = 2
Frequency (f1) of the modal class = 8,
Frequency (f0) of class preceding the modal class = 2
132
Volume
133
Now, let us substituted these values in the formula:

f1 f0
2
87
h = 3 +
Mode = l +
2 = 3 + = 3.286
7
2
8
7
2
2
f
f
f
1 0 2
Therefore, the mode of the data above is 3.286
2) The marks distribution of 30 students in a mathematics examination is given in solved
example 14.1 example 1. Find the mode of this data. Also compare and interpret the mode
and the mean.
Sol: Refer to table of example 1 since the maximum number of students i.e. 7 have got marks in the
interval 40 55, the modal class is 40 55. Therefore, the lower limit (l) of the modal class = 40,
the class size (h) = 15. The frequency (f1) of modal class = 7. The frequency (fu) of the class
preceding the modal class = 3, the frequency (f2) of the class succeeding the modal class = 6.
f1 f0
73
h , 40 +
Now, using the formula: Mode = l +
15 = 52
2
f
f
f
14 6 3
1 0 2
So, the mode marks is 52.

Now, from example 1, you know that the mean marks is 62.
So, the maximum number of students obtained 52 marks, while on an average a student
obtained 62 marks.

CW Exercise:
1) The following table shows the ages of the patients admitted in a hospital during a year:
5 15
15 25
25 35
35 45
45 55
55 65
Age (in ears)
6
11
21
23
14
5
No. of patients
Find the mode and mean of the data given above. Compare and interpret the two measures of
central tendency.
2) The following data gives the distribution of total monthly household expenditure of 200 families of
a village. Find the modal monthly expenditure of the families. Also, find the mean monthly
expenditure:
Expenditure (in Rs.)
No. of families
1000 1500
24
1500 2000
40
2000 2500
33
2500 3000
28
3000 3500
30
3500 4000
22
4000 4500
16
4500 5000
7
3) The given distribution shows the number of runs scored by some top batsmen of the world in
oneday international cricket matches.
Runs scored
No. of batsmen
3000 4000
4
4000 5000
18
5000 6000
9
6000 7000
7
7000 8000
6
8000 9000
3
9000 10000
1
10000 11000
1
Find the mode of the data.
Volume
133
134
HW Exercise:
1) The following data gives the information on the observed lifetimes (in hours) of 225 electrical
components:
0 20
20 40
40 60
60 80 80 100 100 120
Lifetimes (in hours)
10
35
52
61
38
29
Frequency
Determine the modal lifetimes of the components.
2) The following distribution gives the statewise teacherstudent ratio in higher secondary schools
of India. Find the mode and mean of this data. Interpret the two measures.
No. of students per teacher No. of states/U.T.
15 20
3
20 25
8
25 30
9
30 35
10
35 40
3
40 45
0
45 50
0
50 55
2
3) A student noted the number of cars passing through a spot on a road for 100 periods each of 3
minutes and summarized it in the table given below. Find the mode of the data:
0 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80
No. of cars
7
14
13
12
20
11
15
8
Frequency
14.3 Median of Grouped Data:

Definition: Median is a measure of central tendency which gives the value of the middlemost
observation in the data.
First we arrange the data values of the observation in ascending order. If n is odd, the median is
th
th
n
n + 1
n + 1
the
observation. If n is even then the median will be average of the th and
2
2
2
observation.
Now in a grouped data, we may not be able to find the middle observation by looking at the
cumulative frequencies as the middle observation will be some value in a class interval. It is,
therefore, necessary to find the value inside a class that divides the whole distribution into two
halves.
To find this class, we find the cumulative frequencies of all the classes and
class whose cumulative frequency is greater than (and nearest to)
n
. We now locate the
2
n
. This is called the median
2
class.
After finding the median class, we use the following formula for calculating the median.
n cf
h
Median = l + 2
f
Where, l = Lower Limit of median Class; n = number of observation; cf = cumulative frequency
of class preceding the median class; f = frequency of median class; h = class size (assuming
class size to be equal)
134
Volume
135

1) The marks obtained out of 50 by 102 students in a test were according to the frequency
table given below:
20
22
23
24
26
31
38
43
Marks
8
15
28
27
20
2
1
1
Frequency
Obtain the median and describe what information it conveys
Sol: Arranging the terms in ascending order and preparing the cumulative frequency table, we have:
Marks obtained
Frequency
Cumulative Frequency
20
8
8
22
15
23
(23)
28
(51)
(24)
27
(78)
26
20
98
31
2
100
38
1
101
43
1
102
Total number of terms, n = 102.

So,
n
n
= 51 + 1 = 52
2
2
Median =
Value of 51st term + value of 52in term

2
23 + 24 47
= 23.5
=
=
2
2
[ 51st term lies in the row in which c.f. is 51 and 52nd term lies in the row in which c.f. is 78]
The conclusion that median is 23.5 conveys that about 50% of the students obtained less than
23.5 marks out of 50 in the test
2) The marks obtained by 60 students in a certain paper out of 75 are given below:
Marks
No. of Students
15 20
4
20 25
5
25 30
11
30 35
6
35 40
5
40 45
8
45 50
9
50 55
6
55 60
4
60 65
2
Total
60
Calculate the median
Volume
135
136
Sol:
Marks
15 20
20 25
25 30
30 35
35 40(M.C)
40 45
45 50
50 55
55 60
60 65
Total
No. of. students

4
5
11
6
5
8
9
6
4
2
60
Cumulative Frequency
4
9
20
26
31
39
48
48
54
60
n
= 30
2
Now, 30 lies in the row with cumulative frequency 31. [ 26, 30, 31]
So, the median class is 35 40
l = 35, h = (40 35) = 5, n = 60, f1 = 5 and f0 = 26
Total number of observation, n = 60
hn
5 60
26 = 39
f0 = 35 +
f1 2
5 2
3) The median of the following data is 525. Find the values of x and y, if the total frequency
is 100.
Class interval
Frequency
0 100
2
100 200
5
200 300
x
300 400
12
400 500
17
500 600
20
600 700
y
700 800
9
800 900
7
900 1000
4
Sol:
Class intervals Frequency
Cumulative frequency
0 100
2
2
100 200 5
5
7
200 300
x
7+x
300 400
12
19 + x
400 500
17
36 + x
500 600
20
56 + x
600 700
56 + x + y
y
700 800
9
65 + x + y
800 900
7
72 + x + y
900 1000
4
76 + x + y
Hence, Median = l +
136
Volume
137
It is given that n = 100

So, 76 + x + y = 100, i.e. x + y = 24
The median is 525, which lies in the class 500 600
So, l = 500, f = 20, cf = 36 + x, h = 100
n / 2 cf
Using the formula: Median = l +
h, we get
f
50 36 x
525 = 500 +
100
20
i.e. 525 500 = (14 x) 5

i.e. 25 = 70 5x 5x = 70 25 = 45 x = 9
Therefore, from (1) we get 9 + y = 24
y = 15

CW Exercise:
1) The lengths of 40 leaves of a plant are measured correct to the nearest millimeter, and the data
obtained is represented in the following table:
Length (in mm)
No. of leaves
118 126
3
127 135
5
136 144
9
145 153
12
154 162
5
163 171
4
172 180
2
Find the median length of the leaves
2) The following table gives the frequency distribution of married women by age at marriage:
Age (in years)
Frequency
15 19
53
20 24
140
25 29
98
30 34
32
35 39
12
40 44
9
45 49
5
50 54
3
55 59
3
60 and above
2
Calculate the median and interpret the result.
3) If the median of the distribution given below is 28.5, find the values of x and y.
0 10 10 20 20 30 30 40 40 50 50 60
Class interval
Total
5
x
20
15
y
5
Frequency
60
4) A life insurance agent found the following data for distribution of ages of 100 policy holders.
Calculate the median age, if policies are given only to persons having age 18 years onwards but
less than 60 year.
Volume
137
138
Age(in years)
No. of policy holders
Below 20
Below 25
Below 30
24
Below 35
45
Below 40
78
Below 45
89
Below 50
92
Below 55
98
Below 60
100
HW Exercise:
1) The following table gives the distribution of the life time of 400 neon lamps:
Life time (in hours)
No. of lamps
1500 2500
14
2000 2500
56
2500 3000
60
3000 3500
86
3500 4000
74
4000 4500
62
4500 5000
48
Find the median life time of a lamp
2) 100 surnames were randomly picked up from a local telephone directory and the frequency
distribution of the number of letters in the English alphabets in the surnames was obtained as
follows:
14
47
7 10 10 13 13 16 16 19
No. of letters
6
30
40
16
4
4
No. of surnames
Determine the median number of letters in the surname. Find the mean number of letters in the
surnames? Also, find the modal size of the surnames.
3) The distribution below gives the weights of 30 students of a class. Find the median weight of the
students
40 45
45 50
50 55
55 60
60 65
65 70
70 75
Weight (in kg)
2
3
8
6
6
3
2
No. of students
4) Following is the distribution of rents in a certain city for a one room set:
Rent (in rupees)
No. of one room sets
150175
10
175200
13
200225
17
225250
15
250275
16
275300
10
300325
7
325350
5
350375
4
375400
3
Total
100
Compute the median rent
138
Volume
139
5) Calculate the mean and median of:

Variable Frequency Variable
Frequency
05
6
25 30
250
5 10
12
30 35
185
10 15
50
35 40
110
15 20
220
40 45
32
20 25
125
45 50
10
6) Find the missing frequencies in the following distribution, if n = 100 and median is 30:
010 1020 2030 3040 4050 5060
Marks
10
?
25
30
?
10
No. of Students
Comparative Study:
Now, that you have studied about all the three measures of central tendency, let us discuss
which measure would be best suited for a particular requirement.
The mean is the most frequently used measure of central tendency because it takes into
account all the observations, and lies between the extremes, i.e. the largest and the smallest
observations of the entire data. It also enables us to compare two or more distributions.
For example, by comparing the average (mean) results of students of different schools of a
particular examination, we can conclude which school has a better performance.
However, extreme values in the data affect the mean. For example, the mean of classes
having frequencies more or less the same is a good representative of the data.
But, if one class has frequency, say 2, and the five others have frequency 20, 25, 20, 21, 18,
then the mean will certainly not reflect the way the data behaves. So, in such cases, the mean
is not a good representative of the data.
In problems where individual observations are not important, and we wish to find out a typical
observation, the median is more appropriate, e.g., finding the typical productivity rate of
workers, average wage in a country, etc. These are situations where extreme values may be
there. So, rather than the mean, we take the median as a better measure of central tendency.
In situations which require establishing the most frequent value or most popular item, the mode
is the best choice, e.g., to find the most popular T.V. programme being watched, the consumer
item in greatest demand, the colour of the vehicle used by most of the people, etc.
Remarks: There is a empirical relationship between the three measures of central tendency:
3 Median = Mode + 2 Mean
Graphical Representation of Cumulative frequency Distribution:

Graphical representation of cumulative frequency distribution is known as ogive. Ogives are:
i) Less than type
ii) More than type
Ogive of Less than type:

First prepare a cumulative frequency table less than the upper limit.
To represent the data in the table graphically, we mark the upper limits of the class intervals on
the horizontal axis (x-axis) and their corresponding cumulative frequencies on the vertical axis
(y-axis), choosing a convenient scale.
The scale may not be the same on both the axis.
Let us now plot the points corresponding to the ordered pairs given by (upper limit,
corresponding cumulative frequency), on a graph paper and join them by a free hand smooth
curve.
Volume
139
140
The curve we get is called a cumulative frequency curve, or an ogive of less than type.
Marks
010
1020
2030
3040
4050
5060
6070
7080
8090
90100
Number of students
5
3
4
3
3
4
7
9
7
8
Marks obtained
No. of students
(Cumulative frequency)
5
5+3=8
8+4=12
12+3=15
15+3=18
18+4=22
22+7=29
29+9=38
38+7=45
45+8=53
Less than 10
Less than 20
Less than 30
Less than 40
Less than 50
Less than 60
Less than 70
Less than 80
Less than 90
Less than 100
60
50
Less than ogive
40
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Upper limits
Ogive of more than type:

First prepare a cumulative frequency table more than the lower limit.
To represent the more than type graphically, we plot the lower limits on the x-axis and the
corresponding cumulative frequencies on the y-axis.
Then we plot the points (lower limit, corresponding cumulative frequency), on a graph paper,
and join them by a free hand smooth curve.
140
Volume
141
The curve we get is a cumulative frequency curve, or an ogive (of the more than Type)
Marks obtained
Number of students
(Cumulative frequency)
53
535=48
483=45
454=41
413=38
383=35
354=31
317=24
249=15
157=8
More than or equal to 0

60
50
More than ogive
40
30
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Lower limits
Note: The median of grouped data can be obtained graphically as the xcoordinate of the point of
intersection of two ogives for this data.

1) The annual profits earned by 30 shops of a shopping complex in a locality give rise to the
following distribution:
Profit (in lakhs Rs.)
No. of shops (frequency)
30
28
16
14
10
7
3
Draw both ogives for the data above. Hence obtain the median profit.
Volume
141
142
Sol Draw the coordinate axes, with lower limits of the profit along the horizontal axis, and the
cumulative frequency along the vertical axes. We plot the points (5, 30), (10, 28), (15, 16),
(20, 14), (25, 10), (30, 7) and (35, 3), we join these points with a smooth curve to get the more
Y
than ogive as shown
50
40
30
20
10
X
10
20
30
40
50
Lower limits of profit

(in lakhs Rs.)
5 10
1015
1520
2025
2530
3035
3540
Classes
2
12
2
4
3
4
3
No of shops
2
14
16
20
23
27
30
Using these values, we plot the points (10, 2), (15, 14), (20, 16), (25, 20), (30, 23), (35, 27),
(40, 30) on the same axes, as in fig to get the less than ogive,
Y
50
40
More than ogive
30
Less than ogive
20
10
X
10
20
30
40
50
Median (17.5) Profit

(in lakhs Rs.)
The abscissa their point of intersection is nearly 17.5, which is the median. This can also be
verified by using the formula. Hence, the median profit (in lakhs) is Rs.17.5

CW Exercise:
1) During the medical checkup of 35 students of a class, their weights were recorded as follows:
Weight (in kg)
Number of students
Less than 38
0
Less than 40
3
Less than 42
5
Less than 44
9
Less than 46
14
Less than 48
28
Less than 50
32
Less than 52
35
Draw a less than type ogive for the given data. Hence obtain the median weight from the graph
and verify the result by using the formula.
142
Volume
143
2) Suppose we are given the following discrete series of marks

Marks obtained
Number of students
2030
6
3040
18
4050
25
5060
22
6070
17
7080
12
Total
100
From this table form the (i) Less than and (ii) More than series
3) From the following continuous series prepare the:
i) Less than
ii) More than cumulative series
Marks obtained Number of students
0 10
7
10 20
11
20 30
9
30 40
25
40 50
8
4) Draw an ogive for the following
Class
Frequency
04
4
48
6
8 12
10
12 16
8
16 20
4
HW Exercise:
1) The following distribution gives the daily income of 50 workers of a factory.
100 120 120 140 140 160 160 180 180 200
Daily income (in Rs.)
12
14
8
6
10
No. of workers
Convert the distribution above to a less than type cumulative frequency distribution and draw
ogive.
2) The following table gives production yield per hectare of wheat of 100 farms of a village.
50 55 55 60 60 65 65 70 70 75 75 80
Production yield (in kg/ha)
2
8
12
24
38
16
No. of farms
Change the distribution to a more than type distribution, and draw its ogive.
MISCELLANEOUS:
1) Find the mean of the following frequency distribution, using direct method.
Marks
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
Students
5
8
12
10
5
2) Find the mean using direct method:
Weight in kg
3034
34-38
3842
4246
46-50
Students
6
8
12
9
5
3) Find the mean by short-cut method:
Weight in kg
1115
16-20
21-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
Students
8
12
13
16
12
9
8
2
Volume
143
144
4) Find the mean, by step-deviation method:

Marks
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
60-70
12
15
10
Students
5) Find the mean, by step-deviation method:

Variate
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
60-70
12
15
16
19
12
Frequency
6) Compute the mean of the following frequency table by

i) a direct method and
ii) a short-cut method
Class
5-10
10-15
15-20
20-25
25-30
30-35
35-40
40-45
45-50
10
12
Frequency
7) Find the mean for the following frequency distribution:

Class
0-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
12
Frequency
8) Find the mean for the following distribution:

Class
1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
Frequency
9) Find the mean for the distribution:

Class
0-10
10-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
60-70
70-80
80-90
90-100
12
18
20
25
32
24
18
Frequency
f = 162
10) Find the mean for the following distribution:
Class
1-10
11-20
21-30
31-40
41-50
51-60
61-70
71-80
81-90
91-100
15
16
17
20
18
11
Frequency
11) The frequency distribution of marks obtained by 40 students is a under. Calculate the Arithmetic
mean:
Marks
Students
0-8
8-16
16-24
24-32
32-40
40-48
10
16
12) Find the missing frequency for the following distribution, if the mean is 12.9.
Class
0-5
5-10
10-15
15-20
20-25
Frequency
13) The mean of the following frequency table is 50. But f1 and f2 in classes 2040 and 6080 are
missing. Find the missing frequencies.
Class
Frequency
020
2040
4060
6080
80100
Total
17
f1
32
f2
19
120
14) Find the value of P if the mean of the following distribution is 20.
x
15
17
19
20+p
23
5p
15) Find the mode of the following data:

Class interval
06
612
1218
1824
2430
Frequency
10
Also compare and interpret the mode and the mean.

144
Volume
145
16) The following table gives the distribution of total expenditure (in rupees) of 100 workers in a city:
Expenditure (in Rupees)
No. of Workers
100150
12
150200
20
200250
16
250300
14
300350
15
350400
11
400450
8
450500
4
Calculate the mode of the above data.
17) Calculate the mean, mode of the following data and interpret.
Class Interval
020
2040
4060
6080
80100
100120
Frequency
16
11
25
16
12
10
18) The data below gives the monthly earnings of 38 workers in a flour mill.
Monthly Earnings (Rs) 500520 520540 540560 560580 580600 600620
No of workers
4
6
12
8
6
2
Calculate the mean monthly earnings of the group and the mode value.
19) Find the mode of the following:
Class Interval
4050
5060
6070
7080
8090
90100
Frequency
10
25
28
12
10
15
20) The frequency distribution of scores obtained by 230 candidates in a medical entrance test is as
follows:
Scores
No. of
Candidates
400450
450500
500550
550600
600650
650700
700750
750800
Total
20
35
40
32
24
27
18
34
230
Draw a cumulative frequency curve (O give) to represent the above data.

21) The frequency distribution of marks obtained by 100 students.
Marks
010
1020
2030
3040
4050
No.of students
7
10
23
51
6
Draw a cumulative frequency curve (o give) to represent the above data.
22) Find the mode for the following frequency distribution:
Class
010
1020
2030
3040
4050
Frequency
6
8
12
8
6
23) Find the mode for the following frequency distribution:
Class
Frequency
010
6
1020
12
2030
18
3040
20
4050
25
5060
32
6070
24
7080
18
8090
6
90100
1
Volume
5060
3
Total
100
145
146
24) Find the median for the following distribution by drawing an ogive.
Class
110
1120
2130
3140
4150
Frequency
3
5
8
6
3
25) Find the median for the distribution and draw an ogive for the same. Calculate the value of
median from the graph.
Class
05
510
1015
1520
2025
Frequency
1
3
5
4
2
26) Following table shows the marks of 120 students at ICSE examination in Maths. Draw an ogive
for the table.
Marks
3039
4049
5059
6069
7079
8089
9099
No. of students
1
3
11
21
43
32
9
Estimate: (i) Median (ii) Lowest mark scored by top 25% of the class (iii) The highest mark
obtained by the 20% of the class.
27) Find the median for the following distribution by drawing an ogive.
Class
05
510
1015
1520
2025
Frequency
3
5
8
5
4
28) For the following distribution construct the less than frequency table and draw the ogive.
Class
02
35
68
911
1214
Frequency
17
22
29
18
9
From the ogive estimate the median.
29) The following table gives the daily income of 50 workers of a factory:
100 120
120 140
140 160
160 180 180 200
Daily income (in Rs.)
12
14
8
6
10
No. of workers
Find the Mean, Mode and Median of the above data.
[CBSE-09]
30) During the medical check-up of 35 students of a class their weights were recorded as follows:
Weight (in kg)
Number of students
38 - 40
3
40 - 42
2
42 - 44
4
44 - 46
5
46 48
14
48 50
4
50 - 52
3
Draw a less than type and a more than type ogive from the given data. Hence obtain the median
weight from the graph.
[CBSE-09]

CW Exercise:
1) Which of the following is not a measure of central tendency?
a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
2) The arithmetic mean of 1, 2, 3, ..., n is
n +1
n 1
n
a)
b)
c)
2
2
2
3) Which of the following cannot be determined graphically?
a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
146
d) Standard deviation
d)
n
+1
2
d) None of these
Volume
147
4) The mode of a frequency distribution can be determined graphically from

a) Histogram
b) Frequency polygon c) Ogive
d) Frequency curve
5) The mean of n observations is X . If the first item is increased by 1, second by 2 and so
on, then the new mean is
n
n +1
a) X + n
b) X +
c) X +
d) None of these
2
2
6) If mean = 75 and median = 60 then mode is:
a) 105
b) 345
c) 30
d) 330
7) The mode for the following distribution is:
010
1020
2030
3040
4050
Class
6
8
12
8
6
Frequency
a) 25
b) 24
c) 22
d) 28
HW Exercise:
1) The algebraic sum of the deviations of a frequency distribution from its mean is
a) always positive
b) always negative
c) 0
d) a non-zero number
2) For a frequency distribution, mean, median and mode are connected by the relation
a) Mode = 3 Mean 2 Median
b) Mode = 2 Median 3 Mean
c) Mode = 3 Median 2 Mean
d) Mode = 3 Median + 2 Mean
3) The median of a given frequency distribution is found graphically with the help of
a) Histogram
b) Frequency curve
c) Frequency polygon d) Ogive
4) Mode is
a) least frequent value b) middle most value c) most frequent value d) None of these
5) If the mean of the following distribution is 2.6, then the value of y is
Variable (x): 1
2
3
4
5
Frequency: 4
5
y
1
2
a) 3
b) 8
c) 13
d) 24
6) Which measure of central tendency is given by the xcoordinate of the point of
intersection of the more than ogive and less than ogive?
a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) None of these
7) The median of the following data is:
05
510
1015
1520
2025
Class
1
3
5
4
2
Frequency
a) 15.5
b) 14.5
c) 16.5
d) 13.5
ANSWER TO THE UNSOLVED EXERCISE:

CW Exercise 14.1:
1) 69.43
5) p = 26
2) 24.7
6) f1 = 76, f2 = 38
3) f = 20
4) 91.8
HW Exercise 14.1:
1) 8.1 plants
5) 25.72
2) K = 14
6) 20.27
3) K = 5
7) f1 = 28, f2 = 24
4) 984.5
CW Exercise 14.2:
1) 25.04
5) Rs.211
2) 145.20
6) 0.099 ppm
3) 75.9
7) 12.38 days
4) 57.19
8) 12
Volume
147
148
HW Exercise 14.2:
1) K = 15
5) 73.67
2) 37.75
6) 28.67
3) 715 hrs
7) 51.7 marks
4) 74.5
8) 25.857
CW Exercise 14.3:
1) Mean = 35.37; Mode = 36.8. Both the measures are approx. same in this case
2) Modal monthly expenditure = Rs.1847.83, Mean monthly expenditure = Rs.2662.5
3) Mode = 4608.7 runs
HW Exercise 14.3:
1) 62.625 hrs.
2) Mode = 30.6, Mean = 29.2. Most states / UT have a student teacher ratio of 30.6 and on an
average this ratio is 29.2
3) Mode = 44.7 cars
CW Exercise 14.4:
1) Median length = 146.75 mm
2) Median = 23.58 yrs. This means that the age of about 50% of the girls is less than this age and
50% are taller than this height
3) x = 8, y = 7
4) Median age = 35.76 yrs
HW Exercise 14.4:
1) Median life = 3406.98 hrs.
3) Median weight = 56.67 kgs
5) Mean = 26.24, Median = 26.74
2) Median=8.05, Mean =8.32, Modal size =7.88

4) Rs.241.67
6) (i) 15 (ii) 10
Miscellaneous:
1) 25.5
2) 39.9 kg
5) 37.75
6) 22
9) 47.9
10) 41.28
13) 28 and 24
14) p = 1
17) Mean = 56, Mode = 52.1
19) Mode: 61.5
22) Mode : 25
24) Median = 26.6
25) Median = 14
3) 28.06 kg
4) 42
7) 25
8) 25.9
11) 23.4
12) 5
15) 16
16) 183.3
18) Mean: Rs.556.32; Mode: Rs.552
23) Mode = 54.7
26) i) 77.8 ii) 83 iii) 64 27) Median = 12.8
148
Volume
Answers
149
Answer to the MCQs:

CW Exercise:
1) b
2) b
11) b
HW Exercise:
1) a
2) d
11) b
3) c
4) d
5) c
6) a
7) b
8) b
9) b
10) b
3) c
4) b
5) b
6) c
7) d
8) a
9) c
10) b
3) c
4) a
5) a
6) b
7) c
8) d
9) d
10) a
3) b
4) b
5) a
6) b
7) c
8) d
9) d
10) d
CW Exercise:
1) b
2) a
11) b
HW Exercise:
1) d
2) b
11) d
Chapter 3: Pair of Linear Equations

CW Exercise:
1) b
2)
11) c
12)
HW Exercise:
1) c
2)
11) d
12)
a
a
3) b
13) c
4) a
5) a
6) c
7) b
8) c
9) a
10) d
c
d
3) d
13) b
4) b
14) a
5) c
6) a
7) a
8) b
9) c
10) b
CW Exercise:
1) a
2)
11) b
12)
HW Exercise:
1) d
2)
11) b
12)
a
a
3) c
13) a
4) a
14) b
5) b
15) c
6) c
7) c
8) a
9) b
10) c
c
b
3) a
13) a
4) b
14) c
5) c
6) a
7) c
8) a
9) c
10) d
Chapter 8: Introduction to Trigonometry

CW Exercise:
1) c
2)
11) a
12)
HW Exercise:
1) a
2)
11) c
12)
c
a
3) a
13) b
4) c
14) b
5) b
15) d
6) a
7) a
8) d
9) b
10) c
a
a
3) a
13) d
4) a
14) d
5) d
6) b
7) b
8) a
9) a
10) c

CW Exercise:
1) d
2) a
HW Exercise:
1) c
2) c
Volume
3) a
4) a
5) c
6) c
7) a
3) d
4) c
5) b
6) b
7) d
149

Table of Contents Guide

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Table of Contents Guide

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Table of contents

CHAPTER 02: POLYNOMIALS .............................................................................. 16

CHAPTER 03: PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES .................. 31

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Solved Exercise 3.1: .............................................................................................................. 33

CHAPTER 06: TRIANGLES .................................................................................... 62

Theorem 6.6: .............................................................................................................................. 72

CHAPTER 08: INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY ......................................... 94

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Column Matching Questions: .............................................................................................. 119

CHAPTER 14: STATISTICS.................................................................................. 123

ANSWER TO THE MCQS: .................................................................................... 149

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Chapter 01: Real Numbers

Chapter 01: Real Numbers

Euclids Division Lemma:

If we consider 24 and 6 it can be uniquely expressed as 24 = 6 4 + 0.

Euclids division algorithm:

Euclids Division lemma can be expressed in words as:

Eg: If we consider the numbers 420 and 272;

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

SOLVED EXAMPLES 1.1:

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Chapter 01: Real Numbers

UNSOLVED EXERCISE 1.1:

The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic:

Eg: Consider the number 32760, it can be expressed as

Note: For any positive integers a, b and c. a b c HCF(a, b, c) LCM (a, b, c)

SOLVED EXAMPLES 1.2:

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Chapter 01: Real Numbers

UNSOLVED EXERCISE 1.2:

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Now, we are given that p divides a2.

Theorem 1.4: 2 is irrational:

Proof : Let us assume, to the contrary, that

So, we can find integers r and s ( 0) such that

Suppose r and s have a common factor other than 1.

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Chapter 01: Real Numbers

SOLVED EXAMPLES 1.3:

Sol: Let us assume, to the contrary, that

That is, we can find integers a and b ( 0) such that

and assume that a and b are co prime. So,

So, we conclude that

Sol: Let us assume, to the contrary, that 5

That is, we can find co prime a and b (b 0) such that 5

Rearranging this equation, we get

Since a and b are integers, we get 5

This contradiction has arisen because of our incorrect assumption that 5

3) Show that 3 2 is irrational.

But this contradicts the fact that

So, we conclude that 3 2 is irrational.

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

UNSOLVED EXERCISE 1.3:

2 [CBSE 08] iv)

Rational Numbers and their Decimal Expansions:

UNSOLVED EXERCISE 1.4:

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics

Chapter 01: Real Numbers

ii) 225 and 450

Universal Tutorials X CBSE (201213) Mathematics